SPRUJ52E June   2022  – September 2025 AM69 , AM69A , TDA4AH-Q1 , TDA4AP-Q1 , TDA4APE-Q1 , TDA4VH-Q1 , TDA4VP-Q1 , TDA4VPE-Q1

 

  1.   1
  2.   Read This First
    1.     About This Manual
    2.     Related Documentation From Texas Instruments
    3.     Glossary
    4.     Support Resources
    5.     Export Control Notice
    6.     Release History
    7.     Trademarks
  3. 1 Introduction
    1. 1.1 Device Overview
      1. 1.1.1 Device Overview Feature List
      2. 1.1.2 Device Block Diagram
      3. 1.1.3 Modules Allocation and Instances within Device Domains
    2. 1.2 Module Descriptions
      1. 1.2.1  Arm Cortex-A72 Subsystem
      2. 1.2.2  Arm Cortex-R5F Processor
      3. 1.2.3  C71x DSP Subsystem
      4. 1.2.4  Graphics Processing Unit
      5. 1.2.5  Video Accelerator
      6. 1.2.6  Vision Pre-processing Accelerator
      7. 1.2.7  Depth and Motion Perception Accelerator
      8. 1.2.8  Navigator Subsystem
      9. 1.2.9  Region-based Address Translation Module
      10. 1.2.10 Data Routing Unit
      11. 1.2.11 Display Subsystem
      12. 1.2.12 Camera Subsystem
      13. 1.2.13 Shared D-PHY Transmitter
      14. 1.2.14 Central Multicore Shared Memory Controller
      15. 1.2.15 Local C7/MMA Multicore Shared Memory Controller
      16. 1.2.16 DDR Subsystem
      17. 1.2.17 General Purpose Input/Output Interface
      18. 1.2.18 Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      19. 1.2.19 Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit Interface
      20. 1.2.20 Multi-channel Serial Peripheral Interface
      21. 1.2.21 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
      22. 1.2.22 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express Subsystem
      23. 1.2.23 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
      24. 1.2.24 SerDes
      25. 1.2.25 General Purpose Memory Controller with Error Location Module
      26. 1.2.26 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital Interface
      27. 1.2.27 Universal Flash Storage Interface
      28. 1.2.28 Enhanced Capture Module
      29. 1.2.29 Enhanced Pulse-Width Modulation Module
      30. 1.2.30 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse Module
      31. 1.2.31 Controller Area Network
      32. 1.2.32 Audio Tracking Logic
      33. 1.2.33 Multi-channel Audio Serial Port
      34. 1.2.34 Timers
      35. 1.2.35 Internal Diagnostics Modules
      36. 1.2.36 Analog-to-Digital Converter
      37. 1.2.37 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      38. 1.2.38 Nine-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switch
      39. 1.2.39 Octal Serial Peripheral Interface and HyperBus Memory Controller as a Flash Subsystem
      40. 1.2.40 Security Management Subsystem
    3. 1.3 Device Identification
  4. 2 Memory Maps
    1. 2.1 Memory Map
    2. 2.2 Memory Map
    3. 2.3 Memory Map
    4. 2.4 Processors View Memory Map
      1. 2.4.1 Memory Map
      2. 2.4.2 Memory Map
      3. 2.4.3 Memory Map
      4. 2.4.4 Memory Map
      5. 2.4.5 Memory Map
      6. 2.4.6 Memory Map
      7. 2.4.7 Memory Map
      8. 2.4.8 Memory Map
      9. 2.4.9 Memory Map
    5. 2.5 Region-based Address Translation
  5. 3 System Interconnect
    1. 3.1 System Interconnect Overview
    2. 3.2 System Interconnect Functional Description
      1. 3.2.1 Quality of Service (QoS)
      2. 3.2.2 Route ID
      3. 3.2.3 Initiator-Side Security Controls and Firewalls
        1. 3.2.3.1 Initiator-Side Security Controls (ISC)
          1. 3.2.3.1.1 Special System Level Priv-ID
      4. 3.2.4 Firewalls (FW)
        1. 3.2.4.1 Peripheral Firewalls (FW)
        2. 3.2.4.2 Memory or Region-based Firewalls
          1. 3.2.4.2.1 Region Based Firewall Functional Description
          2. 3.2.4.2.2 Channelized Firewalls
            1. 3.2.4.2.2.1 Channelized Firewall Functional Description
      5. 3.2.5 Null Error Reporting
      6. 3.2.6 Initiator-Target Connections
      7. 3.2.7 Timeout Gasket (TOG)
        1. 3.2.7.1 Location of Safety Gaskets
        2. 3.2.7.2 Initiator Timeout Gasket (MTOG)
          1. 3.2.7.2.1 MTOG Programming Sequence
            1. 3.2.7.2.1.1 Enable
            2. 3.2.7.2.1.2 Self-Test
        3. 3.2.7.3 Target Timeout Gasket (STOG)
          1. 3.2.7.3.1 STOG Flush Mode
          2. 3.2.7.3.2 STOG Error Reporting
            1. 3.2.7.3.2.1 Timeout Error Reporting
            2. 3.2.7.3.2.2 Command Timeout Error Reporting
            3. 3.2.7.3.2.3 Unexpected Response Reporting
          3. 3.2.7.3.3 STOG Transaction Error Interrupt
            1. 3.2.7.3.3.1 Transaction Timeout
            2. 3.2.7.3.3.2 Unexpected Response
            3. 3.2.7.3.3.3 Command Timeout
          4. 3.2.7.3.4 STOG Programming Sequence
            1. 3.2.7.3.4.1 Initialization
            2. 3.2.7.3.4.2 Software Flush
  6. 4 Initialization
    1. 4.1 Initialization Overview
      1. 4.1.1 ROM Code Overview
      2. 4.1.2 Bootloader Modes
      3. 4.1.3 Terminology
    2. 4.2 Boot Process
      1. 4.2.1 MCU ROM Code Architecture
        1. 4.2.1.1 Main Module
        2. 4.2.1.2 X509 Module
        3. 4.2.1.3 Buffer Manager Module
        4. 4.2.1.4 Log and Trace Module
        5. 4.2.1.5 System Module
        6. 4.2.1.6 Protocol Module
        7. 4.2.1.7 Driver Module
      2. 4.2.2 SMS ROM Description
      3. 4.2.3 Boot Process Flow
      4. 4.2.4 MCU Only vs Normal Boot
    3. 4.3 Boot Mode Pins
      1. 4.3.1  MCU_BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
      2. 4.3.2  BOOTMODE Pin Mapping
        1. 4.3.2.1 Primary Boot Mode Selection
        2. 4.3.2.2 Backup Boot Mode Selection When MCU Only = 0
        3. 4.3.2.3 Primary Boot Mode Configuration
        4. 4.3.2.4 Backup Boot Mode Configuration
      3. 4.3.3  No-boot/Dev-boot Configuration
      4. 4.3.4  Hyperflash Boot Device Configuration
      5. 4.3.5  OSPI Boot Device Configuration
      6. 4.3.6  QSPI Boot Device Configuration
      7. 4.3.7  SPI Boot Device Configuration
      8. 4.3.8  xSPI Boot Device Configuration
      9. 4.3.9  Fast-xSPI Boot Mode Configuration
      10. 4.3.10 I2C Boot Device Configuration
      11. 4.3.11 MMC/SD Card Boot Device Configuration
      12. 4.3.12 eMMC Boot Device Configuration
        1. 4.3.12.1 eMMC Flash
      13. 4.3.13 Ethernet Boot Device Configuration
      14. 4.3.14 USB Boot Device Configuration
      15. 4.3.15 PCIe Boot Device Configuration
      16. 4.3.16 UART Boot Device Configuration
      17. 4.3.17 Serial NAND Boot Device Configuration
      18. 4.3.18 PLL Configuration
        1. 4.3.18.1 MCU_PLL0, MCU_PLL2, Main PLL0, and Main PLL3
        2. 4.3.18.2 MCU_PLL1
        3. 4.3.18.3 Main PLL1
        4. 4.3.18.4 Main PLL2
        5. 4.3.18.5 HSDIV Values
        6. 4.3.18.6 153
    4. 4.4 Boot Parameter Tables
      1. 4.4.1  Common Header
      2. 4.4.2  PLL Setup
      3. 4.4.3  PCIe Boot Parameter Table
      4. 4.4.4  I2C Boot Parameter Table
      5. 4.4.5  OSPI/QSPI/SPI Boot Parameter Table
      6. 4.4.6  xSPI/Fast-xSPI Boot Parameter Table
      7. 4.4.7  Ethernet Boot Parameter Table
      8. 4.4.8  USB Boot Parameter Table
      9. 4.4.9  MMCSD Boot Parameter Table
      10. 4.4.10 UART Boot Parameter Table
      11. 4.4.11 Hyperflash Boot Parameter Table
    5. 4.5 Boot Image Format
      1. 4.5.1 Overall Structure
      2. 4.5.2 X.509 Certificate
      3. 4.5.3 Organizational Identifier (OID)
      4. 4.5.4 X.509 Extensions Specific to Boot
        1. 4.5.4.1 Boot Info (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.1)
        2. 4.5.4.2 Image Integrity (OID 1.3.6.1.4.1.294.1.2)
      5. 4.5.5 Extended Boot Info Extension
        1. 4.5.5.1 Impact on HS Device
        2. 4.5.5.2 Extended Boot Info Details
        3. 4.5.5.3 Certificate / Component Types
        4. 4.5.5.4 Extended Boot Encryption Info
        5. 4.5.5.5 Component Ordering
        6. 4.5.5.6 Memory Load Sections Overlap with Executable Components
        7. 4.5.5.7 Device Type and Extended Boot Extension
      6. 4.5.6 Generating X.509 Certificates
        1. 4.5.6.1 Key Generation
          1. 4.5.6.1.1 Degenerate RSA Keys
        2. 4.5.6.2 Configuration Script
      7. 4.5.7 Image Data
    6. 4.6 Boot Modes
      1. 4.6.1 I2C Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.1.1 I2C Initialization Process
          1. 4.6.1.1.1 Block Size
          2. 4.6.1.1.2 190
        2. 4.6.1.2 I2C Loading Process
          1. 4.6.1.2.1 Loading a Boot Image From EEPROM
      2. 4.6.2 SPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.2.1 SPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.2.2 SPI Loading Process
      3. 4.6.3 QSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.3.1 QSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.3.2 QSPI Loading Process
      4. 4.6.4 OSPI Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.4.1 OSPI Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.4.2 OSPI Loading Process
      5. 4.6.5 PCIe Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.5.1 PCIe Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.5.2 PCIe Loading Process
      6. 4.6.6 Ethernet Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.6.1 Ethernet Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.6.2 Ethernet Loading Process
          1. 4.6.6.2.1 Ethernet Boot Data Formats
            1. 4.6.6.2.1.1 Limitations
            2. 4.6.6.2.1.2 BOOTP Request
              1. 4.6.6.2.1.2.1 MAC Header (DIX)
              2. 4.6.6.2.1.2.2 IPv4 Header
              3. 4.6.6.2.1.2.3 UDP Header
              4. 4.6.6.2.1.2.4 BOOTP Payload
              5. 4.6.6.2.1.2.5 TFTP
        3. 4.6.6.3 Ethernet Hand Over Process
      7. 4.6.7 USB Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.7.1 USB-Specific Attributes
          1. 4.6.7.1.1 DFU Device Mode
      8. 4.6.8 MMCSD Bootloader Operation
      9. 4.6.9 UART Bootloader Operation
        1. 4.6.9.1 Initialization Process
        2. 4.6.9.2 UART Loading Process
          1. 4.6.9.2.1 UART XMODEM
        3. 4.6.9.3 UART Hand-Over Process
    7. 4.7 Boot Memory Maps
      1. 4.7.1 Memory Layout/MPU
      2. 4.7.2 Global Memory Addresses Used by ROM Code
      3. 4.7.3 Memory Reserved by ROM Code
  7. 5 Device Configuration
    1. 5.1 Control Module (CTRL_MMR)
      1. 5.1.1 CTRL_MMR Overview
      2. 5.1.2 CTRL_MMR Functional Description
        1. 5.1.2.1  Register Partitions
        2. 5.1.2.2  Pad Configuration Registers
        3. 5.1.2.3  Kick Protection Registers
        4. 5.1.2.4  Proxy Addressing Registers
        5. 5.1.2.5  CTRL_MMR Interrupts
        6. 5.1.2.6  Inter-processor Communication Registers
        7. 5.1.2.7  Timer IO Muxing Control Registers
        8. 5.1.2.8  EHRPWM/EQEP Control and Status Registers
        9. 5.1.2.9  Clock Muxing and Division Registers
        10. 5.1.2.10 Module Control Registers
        11. 5.1.2.11 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Registers
        12. 5.1.2.12 MAC Address Registers
        13. 5.1.2.13 Feature Registers
        14. 5.1.2.14 Power and Reset Related Registers
        15. 5.1.2.15 I/O Debounce Control Registers
      3. 5.1.3 Control Module Registers
    2. 5.2 Power
      1. 5.2.1 Power Management Overview
      2. 5.2.2 WKUP_PSC0 Device-Specific Information
      3. 5.2.3 Power Management Subsystems
        1. 5.2.3.1 Power Subsystems Overview
          1. 5.2.3.1.1 POK Overview
          2. 5.2.3.1.2 PRG / PRG_PP Overview
          3. 5.2.3.1.3 POR Overview
          4. 5.2.3.1.4 POK / PRG(_PP) /POR Overview
          5. 5.2.3.1.5 Timing
          6. 5.2.3.1.6 Restrictions
        2. 5.2.3.2 Power System Modules
          1. 5.2.3.2.1 Power OK (POK) Modules
            1. 5.2.3.2.1.1 POK Programming Model
          2. 5.2.3.2.2 PoR/Reset Generator (PRG_PP) Modules
            1. 5.2.3.2.2.1 PRG_PP Overview
            2. 5.2.3.2.2.2 PRG_PP Programming Model
          3. 5.2.3.2.3 Power Glitch Detect (PGD) Modules
          4. 5.2.3.2.4 Voltage and Thermal Manager (VTM)
            1. 5.2.3.2.4.1 VTM Overview
              1. 5.2.3.2.4.1.1 VTM Features
              2. 5.2.3.2.4.1.2 VTM Not Supported Features
            2. 5.2.3.2.4.2 VTM Functional Description
              1. 5.2.3.2.4.2.1 VTM Temperature Status and Thermal Management
                1. 5.2.3.2.4.2.1.1 10-bit Temperature Values Versus Temperature
              2. 5.2.3.2.4.2.2 VTM Temperature Driven Alerts and Interrupts
              3. 5.2.3.2.4.2.3 VTM ECC Aggregator
              4. 5.2.3.2.4.2.4 VTM Programming Model
                1. 5.2.3.2.4.2.4.1 VTM Maximum Temperature Outrange Alert
                2. 5.2.3.2.4.2.4.2 Sensors Programming Sequences
              5. 5.2.3.2.4.2.5 AVS-Class0
      4. 5.2.4 Dynamic Power Management
        1. 5.2.4.1 AVS Support
    3. 5.3 Reset
      1. 5.3.1 Reset Overview
      2. 5.3.2 Reset Modules
      3. 5.3.3 Reset Sources
      4. 5.3.4 Reset Status
      5. 5.3.5 Reset Control
      6. 5.3.6 BOOTMODE Pins
      7. 5.3.7 Reset Sequences
        1. 5.3.7.1 MCU_PORz Overview
        2. 5.3.7.2 MCU_PORz Sequence
        3. 5.3.7.3 MCU_RESETz Sequence
        4. 5.3.7.4 PORz Sequence
        5. 5.3.7.5 RESET_REQz Sequence
      8. 5.3.8 PLL Behavior on Reset
    4. 5.4 Clocking
      1. 5.4.1 Clocking Overview
      2. 5.4.2 Modules Controlled by PLL
      3. 5.4.3 Clock Mapping
      4. 5.4.4 Overview
      5. 5.4.5 Clock Inputs
        1. 5.4.5.1 Overview
        2. 5.4.5.2 Mapping of Clock Inputs
      6. 5.4.6 Clock Outputs
        1. 5.4.6.1 Observation Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.6.1.1 MCU_OBSCLK0 Pin
          2. 5.4.6.1.2 OBSCLK0, OBSCLK1, and OBSCLK2 Pins
        2. 5.4.6.2 System Clock Pins
          1. 5.4.6.2.1 MCU_SYSCLKOUT0
          2. 5.4.6.2.2 SYSCLKOUT0
      7. 5.4.7 Device Oscillators
        1. 5.4.7.1 Device Oscillators Integration
          1. 5.4.7.1.1 Oscillators with External Crystal
          2. 5.4.7.1.2 Internal RC Oscillator
        2. 5.4.7.2 Oscillator Clock Loss Detection
      8. 5.4.8 PLLs
        1. 5.4.8.1  WKUP and MCU Domains PLL Overview
        2. 5.4.8.2  MAIN Domain PLLs Overview
        3. 5.4.8.3  PLL Reference Clocks
          1. 5.4.8.3.1 PLLs in MCU Domain
          2. 5.4.8.3.2 PLLs in MAIN Domain
        4. 5.4.8.4  Generic PLL Overview
          1. 5.4.8.4.1 PLLs Output Clocks Parameters
            1. 5.4.8.4.1.1 PLLs Input Clocks
            2. 5.4.8.4.1.2 PLL Output Clocks
              1. 5.4.8.4.1.2.1 PLLTS16FFCLAFRAC2 Type Output Clocks
              2. 5.4.8.4.1.2.2 PLL Lock
              3. 5.4.8.4.1.2.3 HSDIVIDER
              4. 5.4.8.4.1.2.4 ICG Module
              5. 5.4.8.4.1.2.5 PLL Power Down
              6. 5.4.8.4.1.2.6 PLL Calibration
          2. 5.4.8.4.2 PLL Spread Spectrum Modulation Module
            1. 5.4.8.4.2.1 Definition of SSMOD
            2. 5.4.8.4.2.2 SSMOD Configuration
        5. 5.4.8.5  PLLs Device-Specific Information
          1. 5.4.8.5.1 SSMOD Related Bitfields Table
          2. 5.4.8.5.2 Clock Synthesis Inputs to the PLLs
          3. 5.4.8.5.3 Clock Output Parameter
          4. 5.4.8.5.4 Calibration Related Bitfields
        6. 5.4.8.6  PLL and PLL Controller Connection
        7. 5.4.8.7  System Clocks Operating Frequency Ranges
        8. 5.4.8.8  Recommended Clock and Control Signal Transition Behavior
        9. 5.4.8.9  Interface Clock Specifications
        10. 5.4.8.10 PLL, PLLCTRL, and HSDIV Controllers Programming Guide
          1. 5.4.8.10.1 PLL Initialization
            1. 5.4.8.10.1.1 Kick Protection Mechanism
            2. 5.4.8.10.1.2 PLL Initialization to PLL Mode
            3. 5.4.8.10.1.3 PLL Programming Requirements
              1. 5.4.8.10.1.3.1 PLL Calibration Procedure
          2. 5.4.8.10.2 Entire Sequence for Programming PLLCTRL, HSDIV, and PLL
    5. 5.5 Module Integration
      1. 5.5.1  ADC
        1. 5.5.1.1 ADC Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.1.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.1.3 ADC Integration Details
      2. 5.5.2  ATL
        1. 5.5.2.1 ATL Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.2.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.2.3 ATL Integration Details
      3. 5.5.3  CPSW2G
        1. 5.5.3.1 CPSW2G Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.3.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.3.3 MCU_CPSW2G0 Integration Details
        4. 5.5.3.4 CPSW2G0 Integration Details
      4. 5.5.4  CPSW9G
        1. 5.5.4.1 CPSW9G0 Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.4.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.4.3 CPSW9G0 Integration Details
      5. 5.5.5  CSI_RX
        1. 5.5.5.1 CSI_RX Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.5.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.5.3 CSI_RX Integration Details
      6. 5.5.6  CSI_TX
        1. 5.5.6.1 CSI_TX Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.6.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.6.3 CSI_TX Integration Details
      7. 5.5.7  DCC
        1. 5.5.7.1 DCC Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.7.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.7.3 DCC Integration Details
      8. 5.5.8  DMTIMER (Timer)
        1. 5.5.8.1 DMTIMER (Timer) Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.8.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.8.3 DMTIMER (Timer) Integration Details
      9. 5.5.9  DPHY_RX
        1. 5.5.9.1 DPHY_RX Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.9.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.9.3 DPHY_RX Integration Details
      10. 5.5.10 DPHY_TX
        1. 5.5.10.1 DPHY_TX Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.10.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.10.3 DPHY_TX Integration Details
      11. 5.5.11 DSS/DSI
        1. 5.5.11.1 DSS Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.11.2 DSI Unsupported Features
        3. 5.5.11.3 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        4. 5.5.11.4 DSS/DSI Integration Details
          1. 5.5.11.4.1 DSS Pixel Clock Sourcing
      12. 5.5.12 eCAP
        1. 5.5.12.1 eCAP Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.12.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.12.3 eCAP Integration Details
      13. 5.5.13 ePWM
        1. 5.5.13.1 ePWM Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.13.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.13.3 ePWM Integration Details
      14. 5.5.14 ESM
        1. 5.5.14.1 ESM Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.14.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.14.3 ESM Integration Details
      15. 5.5.15 FSS
        1. 5.5.15.1 FSS Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.15.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.15.3 FSS Integration Details
      16. 5.5.16 GPIO
        1. 5.5.16.1 GPIO Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.16.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.16.3 GPIO Integration Details
      17. 5.5.17 GPMC
        1. 5.5.17.1 GPMC Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.17.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.17.3 GPMC Integration Details
      18. 5.5.18 GPU
        1. 5.5.18.1 GPU Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.18.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.18.3 GPU Integration Details
      19. 5.5.19 I2C
        1. 5.5.19.1 WKUP_I2C0 Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.19.2 MCU_I2C[1:0] Unsupported Features
        3. 5.5.19.3 I2C[6:0] Unsupported Features
        4. 5.5.19.4 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        5. 5.5.19.5 I2C Integration Details
      20. 5.5.20 I3C
        1. 5.5.20.1 I3C Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.20.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.20.3 I3C Integration Details
      21. 5.5.21 LBIST
        1. 5.5.21.1 LBIST Integration Details
          1. 5.5.21.1.1 LBIST Runtime Test Data
            1. 5.5.21.1.1.1  LBIST_INST_SMS
            2. 5.5.21.1.1.2  LBIST_INST_ MCU
            3. 5.5.21.1.1.3  LBIST_INST_MAINR5F0
            4. 5.5.21.1.1.4  LBIST_INST_MAINR5F1
            5. 5.5.21.1.1.5  LBIST_INST_C7X0
            6. 5.5.21.1.1.6  LBIST_INST_C7X1
            7. 5.5.21.1.1.7  LBIST_INST_VPAC0
            8. 5.5.21.1.1.8  LBIST_INST_DMPAC
            9. 5.5.21.1.1.9  LBIST_INST_A72
            10. 5.5.21.1.1.10 LBIST_INST_VPAC1
            11. 5.5.21.1.1.11 LBIST_INST_A72_1
            12. 5.5.21.1.1.12 LBIST_INST_C7X2
            13. 5.5.21.1.1.13 LBIST_INST_C7X3
            14. 5.5.21.1.1.14 LBIST_INST_A72SS0_CORE0
            15. 5.5.21.1.1.15 LBIST_INST_A72SS0_CORE1
            16. 5.5.21.1.1.16 LBIST_INST_A72SS0_CORE2
            17. 5.5.21.1.1.17 LBIST_INST_A72SS0_CORE3
            18. 5.5.21.1.1.18 LBIST_INST_A72SS1_CORE0
            19. 5.5.21.1.1.19 LBIST_INST_A72SS1_CORE1
            20. 5.5.21.1.1.20 LBIST_INST_A72SS1_CORE2
            21. 5.5.21.1.1.21 LBIST_INST_A72SS1_CORE3
            22. 5.5.21.1.1.22 LBIST_INST_MAINR5F2
      22. 5.5.22 MCAN
        1. 5.5.22.1 MCAN Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.22.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.22.3 MCAN Integration Details
      23. 5.5.23 MMCSD
        1. 5.5.23.1 MMCSD Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.23.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.23.3 MMCSD Integration Details
      24. 5.5.24 McASP
        1. 5.5.24.1 McASP Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.24.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.24.3 McASP Integration Details
      25. 5.5.25 McSPI
        1. 5.5.25.1 MCSPI Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.25.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.25.3 MCSPI Integration Details
      26. 5.5.26 Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
        1. 5.5.26.1 Module Allocations
        2. 5.5.26.2 Main Navigator SubSystem (NAVSS)
          1. 5.5.26.2.1 Global Event Map (All NavSS)
          2. 5.5.26.2.2 PSIL System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          3. 5.5.26.2.3 VBUSM Route ID Table
          4. 5.5.26.2.4 NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          5. 5.5.26.2.5 NAVSS Ring Accelerator Configuration
        3. 5.5.26.3 MCU Navigator Subsystem (MCU NAVSS)
          1. 5.5.26.3.1 Global Event Map
          2. 5.5.26.3.2 PSIL System Thread Map (All NAVSS)
          3. 5.5.26.3.3 MCU NAVSS VBUSM Route ID Table
          4. 5.5.26.3.4 MCU NAVSS Interrupt Router Configuration
          5. 5.5.26.3.5 MCU NAVSS UDMASS Interrupt Aggregator Configuration
          6. 5.5.26.3.6 MCU NAVSS UDMA Configuration
          7. 5.5.26.3.7 MCU NAVSS Ring Accelerator Configuration
          8. 5.5.26.3.8 MCU NAVSS Proxy Configuration
          9. 5.5.26.3.9 MCU NAVSS Secure Proxy Configuration
        4. 5.5.26.4 Block Copy DMA (BCDMA)
          1. 5.5.26.4.1 Features Not Supported
          2. 5.5.26.4.2 Module Allocations
          3. 5.5.26.4.3 BCDMA Configuration
        5. 5.5.26.5 Peripheral Virtualization Unit (PVU) Parameters
        6. 5.5.26.6 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
      27. 5.5.27 PBIST
        1. 5.5.27.1 PBIST Integration Details
          1. 5.5.27.1.1 PBIST Test Data
            1. 5.5.27.1.1.1 Negative Test Data
            2. 5.5.27.1.1.2 Positive Test Data
            3. 5.5.27.1.1.3 PBIST Tests For ROM Data
      28. 5.5.28 PCIE
        1. 5.5.28.1 PCIE Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.28.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.28.3 PCIE Integration Details
      29. 5.5.29 R5FSS
        1. 5.5.29.1 R5FSS and MCU_R5FSS Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.29.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.29.3 MCU_R5FSS Integration Details
        4. 5.5.29.4 R5FSS Integration Details
      30. 5.5.30 RAT
        1. 5.5.30.1 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        2. 5.5.30.2 RAT Integration Details
          1. 5.5.30.2.1 RAT Source IDs
      31. 5.5.31 RTI
        1. 5.5.31.1 RTI Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.31.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.31.3 RTI Integration Details
      32. 5.5.32 Timeout Gasket (TOG)
        1. 5.5.32.1 Timeout Gasket (TOG) Integration Details
      33. 5.5.33 UART
        1. 5.5.33.1 UART Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.33.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.33.3 UART Integration Details
      34. 5.5.34 UFS
        1. 5.5.34.1 UFS Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.34.2 UFS Integration Details
      35. 5.5.35 USBSS
        1. 5.5.35.1 USB Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.35.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.35.3 USB Integration Details
      36. 5.5.36 Video CODEC
        1. 5.5.36.1 CODEC Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.36.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.36.3 CODEC Integration Details
      37. 5.5.37 VPAC
        1. 5.5.37.1 VPAC Unsupported Features
        2. 5.5.37.2 Resets, Interrupts, and Clocks
        3. 5.5.37.3 VPAC Integration Details
  8. 6 Processors and Accelerators
    1. 6.1 Compute Cluster
      1. 6.1.1 Compute Cluster Overview
      2. 6.1.2 Safety Event Mapping for Compute Cluster (ESM Events)
    2. 6.2 Quad-A72 MPU Subsystem
      1. 6.2.1 A72SS Overview
        1. 6.2.1.1 A72SS Introduction
        2. 6.2.1.2 A72SS Features
      2. 6.2.2 A72SS Functional Description
        1. 6.2.2.1  A72SS Block Diagram
        2. 6.2.2.2  A72SS A72 Cluster
        3. 6.2.2.3  A72SS Interfaces and Async Bridges
        4. 6.2.2.4  A72SS Interrupts
          1. 6.2.2.4.1 A72SS Interrupt Inputs
          2. 6.2.2.4.2 A72SS Interrupt Outputs
        5. 6.2.2.5  A72SS Power Management, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.2.2.5.1 A72SS Power Management
          2. 6.2.2.5.2 A72SS Clocking
        6. 6.2.2.6  A72SS Debug Support
        7. 6.2.2.7  A72SS Timestamps
        8. 6.2.2.8  A72SS Watchdog
        9. 6.2.2.9  A72SS Internal Diagnostics
          1. 6.2.2.9.1 A72SS ECC Aggregators During Low Power States
          2. 6.2.2.9.2 A72SS CBASS Diagnostics
          3. 6.2.2.9.3 A72SS SRAM Diagnostics
          4. 6.2.2.9.4 A72SS SRAM ECC Aggregator Configurations
        10. 6.2.2.10 A72SS Boot
        11. 6.2.2.11 A72SS IPC with Other CPUs
    3. 6.3 Dual-R5F MCU Subsystem
      1. 6.3.1 R5FSS Overview
        1. 6.3.1.1 R5FSS Features
        2. 6.3.1.2 R5FSS Ports
        3. 6.3.1.3 R5FSS Not Supported Features
      2. 6.3.2 R5FSS Functional Description
        1. 6.3.2.1  R5FSS Block Diagram
        2. 6.3.2.2  R5FSS Cortex-R5F Core
          1. 6.3.2.2.1 L1 Caches
          2. 6.3.2.2.2 Tightly-Coupled Memories (TCMs)
          3. 6.3.2.2.3 R5FSS Special Signals
        3. 6.3.2.3  R5FSS Interfaces
          1. 6.3.2.3.1 R5FSS Master Interfaces
          2. 6.3.2.3.2 R5FSS Slave Interfaces
        4. 6.3.2.4  R5FSS Power, Clocking and Reset
          1. 6.3.2.4.1 R5FSS Power
          2. 6.3.2.4.2 R5FSS Clocking
            1. 6.3.2.4.2.1 Changing MCU_R5FSS0 CPU Clock Frequency
          3. 6.3.2.4.3 R5FSS Reset
        5. 6.3.2.5  R5FSS Lockstep Error Detection Logic
          1. 6.3.2.5.1 CPU Output Compare Block
            1. 6.3.2.5.1.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.2.5.1.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.2.5.1.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.2.5.1.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.2.5.1.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.2.5.1.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.2.5.1.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          2. 6.3.2.5.2 Inactivity Monitor Block
            1. 6.3.2.5.2.1 Operating Modes
            2. 6.3.2.5.2.2 Compare Block Active Mode
            3. 6.3.2.5.2.3 Self Test Mode
            4. 6.3.2.5.2.4 Compare Match Test
            5. 6.3.2.5.2.5 Compare Mismatch Test
            6. 6.3.2.5.2.6 Error Forcing Mode
            7. 6.3.2.5.2.7 Self Test Error Forcing Mode
          3. 6.3.2.5.3 Polarity Inversion Logic
        6. 6.3.2.6  R5FSS Vectored Interrupt Manager (VIM)
          1. 6.3.2.6.1 VIM Overview
          2. 6.3.2.6.2 VIM Interrupt Inputs
          3. 6.3.2.6.3 VIM Interrupt Outputs
          4. 6.3.2.6.4 VIM Interrupt Vector Table (VIM RAM)
          5. 6.3.2.6.5 VIM Interrupt Prioritization
          6. 6.3.2.6.6 VIM ECC Support
          7. 6.3.2.6.7 VIM Lockstep Mode
          8. 6.3.2.6.8 VIM IDLE State
          9. 6.3.2.6.9 VIM Interrupt Handling
            1. 6.3.2.6.9.1 Servicing IRQ Through Vector Interface
            2. 6.3.2.6.9.2 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface
            3. 6.3.2.6.9.3 Servicing IRQ Through MMR Interface (Alternative)
            4. 6.3.2.6.9.4 Servicing FIQ
            5. 6.3.2.6.9.5 Servicing FIQ (Alternative)
        7. 6.3.2.7  R5FSS Region Address Translation (RAT)
          1. 6.3.2.7.1 RAT Overview
          2. 6.3.2.7.2 RAT Operation
          3. 6.3.2.7.3 RAT Error Logging
          4. 6.3.2.7.4 RAT Protection
        8. 6.3.2.8  R5FSS ECC Support
        9. 6.3.2.9  R5FSS Memory View
        10. 6.3.2.10 R5FSS Debug and Trace
        11. 6.3.2.11 R5FSS Boot Options
        12. 6.3.2.12 R5FSS Core Memory ECC Events
      3. 6.3.3 R5FSS_VIM Registers
      4. 6.3.4 R5FSS_RAT Registers
    4. 6.4 C71x DSP Subsystem
      1. 6.4.1 C71SS Overview
        1. 6.4.1.1 C71SS Features
      2. 6.4.2 C71SS Functional Description
        1. 6.4.2.1 C71x DSP CPU
        2. 6.4.2.2 C71x DSP Matrix Multiply Accelerator
        3. 6.4.2.3 C71x DSP Cache Memory System
          1. 6.4.2.3.1 C71x DSP L1 Program Memory
          2. 6.4.2.3.2 C71x DSP L1 Data Memory
          3. 6.4.2.3.3 C71x DSP L2 Memory
        4. 6.4.2.4 C71x DSP Streaming Engine
        5. 6.4.2.5 C71x DSP CorePac Memory Management Unit
        6. 6.4.2.6 C71x DSP ECC Support
        7. 6.4.2.7 C71x DSP Boot Configuration
        8. 6.4.2.8 C71x DSP Power-Up/Down Sequences
        9. 6.4.2.9 C71x DSP Interrupt Control
    5. 6.5 Graphics Accelerator (GPU)
      1. 6.5.1 GPU Overview
      2. 6.5.2 Features Supported
    6. 6.6 Video Accelerator
      1. 6.6.1 Introduction
      2. 6.6.2 Features
        1. 6.6.2.1 Performance
        2. 6.6.2.2 Codec Related Features
        3. 6.6.2.3 Non-Codec Related Features
      3. 6.6.3 Block Diagram
    7. 6.7 Vision Pre-processing Accelerator (VPAC)
      1. 6.7.1 VPAC Overview
        1. 6.7.1.1 VPAC Features
        2. 6.7.1.2 VPAC Not Supported Features
      2. 6.7.2 VPAC Subsystem Level
        1. 6.7.2.1  VPAC Subsystem Block Diagram
          1. 6.7.2.1.1 Notes on VISS RFE H3A Usage
        2. 6.7.2.2  VPAC Subsystem Clocks
        3. 6.7.2.3  VPAC Subsystem Resets
        4. 6.7.2.4  VPAC Subsystem Interrupts
        5. 6.7.2.5  VPAC Subsystem SL2 Memory Infrastructure
        6. 6.7.2.6  VPAC Subsystem DMA Infrastructure
        7. 6.7.2.7  VPAC Subsystem Data Routing Interconnect
        8. 6.7.2.8  VPAC Subsystem Pipeline Flow Control and Messaging
          1. 6.7.2.8.1 VISS Node Scheduler
          2. 6.7.2.8.2 LDC Node Scheduler
          3. 6.7.2.8.3 MSC Node Scheduler
          4. 6.7.2.8.4 NF Node Scheduler
          5. 6.7.2.8.5 Spare Scheduler
        9. 6.7.2.9  VPAC Subsystem Data Formats Support
        10. 6.7.2.10 VPAC Subsystem Debug Features
        11. 6.7.2.11 VPAC Subsystem Internal Diagnostic Features
          1. 6.7.2.11.1 Parallel Signature Analysis (PSA)
        12. 6.7.2.12 VPAC Subsystem Security Features
        13. 6.7.2.13 VPAC Subsystem Programmer’s Guide
          1. 6.7.2.13.1 Initialization Sequence
          2. 6.7.2.13.2 VISS Configuration
            1. 6.7.2.13.2.1 VISS UTC Configuration
            2. 6.7.2.13.2.2 VISS HTS Configuration for Line Mode
            3. 6.7.2.13.2.3 VISS HTS Configuration for Frame Mode
          3. 6.7.2.13.3 VISS OTF Configuration
          4. 6.7.2.13.4 LDC Configuration (LDC Connected to MSC0, NF and DMA)
            1. 6.7.2.13.4.1 LDC DMA Configuration
            2. 6.7.2.13.4.2 LDC HTS Configuration
          5. 6.7.2.13.5 Real-time Operating Requirements
      3. 6.7.3 VPAC Vision Imaging Subsystem (VISS)
        1. 6.7.3.1 VISS Top Level
          1. 6.7.3.1.1  Features Supported
          2. 6.7.3.1.2  VISS Block Diagram
          3. 6.7.3.1.3  VISS Data Flow within VPAC
            1. 6.7.3.1.3.1 VISS On-the-fly Processing
              1. 6.7.3.1.3.1.1 Non-WDR or Companded WDR Sensors
            2. 6.7.3.1.3.2 VISS Memory to Memory Image Processing
          4. 6.7.3.1.4  Concurret Machine Vision and Human Vision Output
          5. 6.7.3.1.5  VISS Clocking
          6. 6.7.3.1.6  VISS Data Formats Support
          7. 6.7.3.1.7  VISS VPORT Interface
          8. 6.7.3.1.8  VISS Submodule Integration Specifics
            1. 6.7.3.1.8.1 LSE Integration
            2. 6.7.3.1.8.2 Chromatic Aberration Correction
            3. 6.7.3.1.8.3 Spatial Noise Filter (NSF4V)
            4. 6.7.3.1.8.4 GLBCE Integration
              1. 6.7.3.1.8.4.1 GLBCE Startup
              2. 6.7.3.1.8.4.2 GLBCE Bypass
            5. 6.7.3.1.8.5 Flexible Color Processing (FCP)
          9. 6.7.3.1.9  VISS Stall Handling
          10. 6.7.3.1.10 VISS Blanking Requirements
          11. 6.7.3.1.11 FCP2 Sync FIFO
          12. 6.7.3.1.12 VISS Interrupts
            1. 6.7.3.1.12.1 Interrupts Merging
            2. 6.7.3.1.12.2 Handling of Configuration Error Interrupts
          13. 6.7.3.1.13 VISS Error Correcting Code (ECC) Support
          14. 6.7.3.1.14 VISS Programmer's Guide
            1. 6.7.3.1.14.1 VISS Initialization Sequence
            2. 6.7.3.1.14.2 VISS Configuration Restrictions
            3. 6.7.3.1.14.3 VISS Real-time Operating Requirements
        2. 6.7.3.2 VISS RAW Frond-End (RAWFE)
          1. 6.7.3.2.1 RAWFE Overview
            1. 6.7.3.2.1.1 RAWFE Supported Features
            2. 6.7.3.2.1.2 RAWFE Not Supported Features
          2. 6.7.3.2.2 RAWFE Functional Description
            1. 6.7.3.2.2.1 RAWFE Functional Operation
            2. 6.7.3.2.2.2 RAWFE Integration in VISS
            3. 6.7.3.2.2.3 RAWFE Memory Map
            4. 6.7.3.2.2.4 RAWFE ECC for RAMs
          3. 6.7.3.2.3 RAWFE Interrupts
            1. 6.7.3.2.3.1 RAWFE CPU Interrupts
            2. 6.7.3.2.3.2 RAWFE Debug Events
            3. 6.7.3.2.3.3 RAWFE Interrupt Handling: High Priority
            4. 6.7.3.2.3.4 RAWFE Interrupt Handling: Low Priority
          4. 6.7.3.2.4 RAWFE Sub-Modules Details
            1. 6.7.3.2.4.1 RAWFE Decompanding Block
              1. 6.7.3.2.4.1.1 RAWFE Mask & Shift
              2. 6.7.3.2.4.1.2 RAWFE Piece Wise Linear Operation
              3. 6.7.3.2.4.1.3 RAWFE Offset/WB-1 Block
              4. 6.7.3.2.4.1.4 RAWFE LUT Based compression
            2. 6.7.3.2.4.2 RAWFE WDR Merge Block
              1. 6.7.3.2.4.2.1 RAWFE WDR Motion Adaptive Merge (MA1 / MA2)
              2. 6.7.3.2.4.2.2 RAWFE Companding LUT
            3. 6.7.3.2.4.3 RAWFE Defective Pixel Correction (DPC) Block
              1. 6.7.3.2.4.3.1 RAWFE LUT Based DPC
              2. 6.7.3.2.4.3.2 RAWFE On-The-Fly (OTF) DPC
            4. 6.7.3.2.4.4 RAWFE Lens Shading Correction (LSC) and Digital Gain (DG) Block
              1. 6.7.3.2.4.4.1 RAWFE LSC Features Supported
              2. 6.7.3.2.4.4.2 RAWFE LSC Image Framing with Respect to Gain Map Samples
            5. 6.7.3.2.4.5 RAWFE Gain & Offset Block
            6. 6.7.3.2.4.6 RAWFE H3A
              1. 6.7.3.2.4.6.1  RAWFE H3A Overview
              2. 6.7.3.2.4.6.2  RAWFE H3A Top-Level Block Diagram
              3. 6.7.3.2.4.6.3  RAWFE H3A Line Framing Logic
              4. 6.7.3.2.4.6.4  RAWFE H3A Optional Preprocessing
              5. 6.7.3.2.4.6.5  RAWFE H3A Autofocus Engine
                1. 6.7.3.2.4.6.5.1 RAWFE H3A Paxel Extraction
                2. 6.7.3.2.4.6.5.2 RAWFE H3A Horizontal FV Calculator
                3. 6.7.3.2.4.6.5.3 RAWFE H3A HFV Accumulator
                4. 6.7.3.2.4.6.5.4 RAWFE H3A VFV Calculator
                5. 6.7.3.2.4.6.5.5 RAWFE H3A VFV Accumulator
              6. 6.7.3.2.4.6.6  RAWFE H3A AE/AWB Engine
                1. 6.7.3.2.4.6.6.1 RAWFE H3A Subsampler
                2. 6.7.3.2.4.6.6.2 RAWFE H3A Additional Black Row of AE/AWB Windows
                3. 6.7.3.2.4.6.6.3 RAWFE H3A Saturation Check
                4. 6.7.3.2.4.6.6.4 RAWFE H3A AE/AWB Accumulators
              7. 6.7.3.2.4.6.7  RAWFE H3A DMA Interface
              8. 6.7.3.2.4.6.8  RAWFE H3A Events and Status Checking
              9. 6.7.3.2.4.6.9  RAWFE H3A Interface Mux
              10. 6.7.3.2.4.6.10 RAWFE H3A interface to LSE
              11. 6.7.3.2.4.6.11 RAWFE H3A Erratas
          5. 6.7.3.2.5 RAWFE Programmer’s Guide
            1. 6.7.3.2.5.1 RAWFE Core programming details
            2. 6.7.3.2.5.2 RAWFE HTS programming details
            3. 6.7.3.2.5.3 RAWFE Data transfer programming details
            4. 6.7.3.2.5.4 RAWFE Initialization Sequence
            5. 6.7.3.2.5.5 RAWFE Real-time Оperating Requirements
            6. 6.7.3.2.5.6 RAWFE Power up/down Sequence
        3. 6.7.3.3 Chromatic Aberration Correction (CAC) Module
          1. 6.7.3.3.1 Overview and Feature List
            1. 6.7.3.3.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 6.7.3.3.2 Functional Description
            1. 6.7.3.3.2.1 CAC Integration in VISS
            2. 6.7.3.3.2.2 Introduction
            3. 6.7.3.3.2.3 Functional Operation
              1. 6.7.3.3.2.3.1 CAC Back Mapping
                1. 6.7.3.3.2.3.1.1 Offset Table Storage Format
              2. 6.7.3.3.2.3.2 Pixel Interpolation
              3. 6.7.3.3.2.3.3 Bi-cubic Coefficients
            4. 6.7.3.3.2.4 Interrupt Conditions
              1. 6.7.3.3.2.4.1 Interrupts
              2. 6.7.3.3.2.4.2 Debug Events
        4. 6.7.3.4 VISS Spatial Noise Filter (NSF4V)
          1. 6.7.3.4.1 NSF4V Introduction
            1. 6.7.3.4.1.1 NSF4V Features
            2. 6.7.3.4.1.2 NSF4V Not Supported Features
          2. 6.7.3.4.2 NSF4V Overview
            1. 6.7.3.4.2.1 Decomposition Kernel Representation
          3. 6.7.3.4.3 NSF4V Lens Shading Correction Compensation
          4. 6.7.3.4.4 NSF4V Noise Threshold Adaptation to Local Image Intensity
          5. 6.7.3.4.5 Delta Features
        5. 6.7.3.5 VISS Global/Local Brightness and Contrast Enhancement (GLBCE) Module
          1. 6.7.3.5.1 GLBCE Overview
          2. 6.7.3.5.2 GLBCE Interface
          3. 6.7.3.5.3 GLBCE Core
            1. 6.7.3.5.3.1 GLBCE Core Key Parameters
            2. 6.7.3.5.3.2 GLBCE Iridix Strength Calculation
            3. 6.7.3.5.3.3 GLBCE Iridix Configuration Registers
              1. 6.7.3.5.3.3.1  GLBCE Iridix Frame Width
              2. 6.7.3.5.3.3.2  GLBCE Iridix Frame Height
              3. 6.7.3.5.3.3.3  GLBCE Iridix Control 0
              4. 6.7.3.5.3.3.4  GLBCE Iridix Control 1
              5. 6.7.3.5.3.3.5  GLBCE Iridix Strength
              6. 6.7.3.5.3.3.6  GLBCE Iridix Variance
              7. 6.7.3.5.3.3.7  GLBCE Iridix Dither
              8. 6.7.3.5.3.3.8  GLBCE Iridix Amplification Limit
              9. 6.7.3.5.3.3.9  GLBCE Iridix Slope Min and Max
              10. 6.7.3.5.3.3.10 GLBCE Iridix Black Level
              11. 6.7.3.5.3.3.11 GLBCE Iridix White Level
              12. 6.7.3.5.3.3.12 GLBCE Iridix Asymmetry Function Look-up-table
              13. 6.7.3.5.3.3.13 GLBCE Iridix Forward and Reverse Perceptual Functions Look-up-tables
              14. 6.7.3.5.3.3.14 GLBCE Iridix WDR Look-up-table
          4. 6.7.3.5.4 GLBCE Embedded Memory
          5. 6.7.3.5.5 GLBCE General Processing
          6. 6.7.3.5.6 GLBCE Continuous Frame Processing
          7. 6.7.3.5.7 GLBCE Single Image Processing
        6. 6.7.3.6 VISS Flexible Color Processing (FCP) Module
          1. 6.7.3.6.1 FCP Overview
            1. 6.7.3.6.1.1 FCP Features Supported
            2. 6.7.3.6.1.2 FCP Not Supported Features
          2. 6.7.3.6.2 FCP Functional Description
          3. 6.7.3.6.3 FCP Submodule Details
            1. 6.7.3.6.3.1 Flexible CFA / Demosaicing
              1. 6.7.3.6.3.1.1 Feature-set
              2. 6.7.3.6.3.1.2 Block Diagram of Flexible CFA
                1. 6.7.3.6.3.1.2.1 Gradient/Threshold Calculation
                2. 6.7.3.6.3.1.2.2 Software Controlled Direction Selection
              3. 6.7.3.6.3.1.3 Example Filter Coefficients - Green Interpolation
                1. 6.7.3.6.3.1.3.1 Example Filter Coefficients - Red/Blue Interpolation
              4. 6.7.3.6.3.1.4 CFA 16-Bit Upgrade
              5. 6.7.3.6.3.1.5 FIR Filter Output Scaling
              6. 6.7.3.6.3.1.6 Decopanding, 24-bit Color Conversion Matrix and Companding Blocks
                1. 6.7.3.6.3.1.6.1 The DcmpdLUT Block
                2. 6.7.3.6.3.1.6.2 The CCM Block
                3. 6.7.3.6.3.1.6.3 The CmpdLUT Block
                4. 6.7.3.6.3.1.6.4 Controls for the Decompanding, CCM, and Companding Blocks
                5. 6.7.3.6.3.1.6.5 Example Use Cases
            2. 6.7.3.6.3.2 Edge Enhancer Module Wrapper (WEE)
              1. 6.7.3.6.3.2.1 Align 12 Block
              2. 6.7.3.6.3.2.2 Align 8 Block
              3. 6.7.3.6.3.2.3 Mux Blocks
              4. 6.7.3.6.3.2.4 SL - Shift Left Block
              5. 6.7.3.6.3.2.5 EE - Edge Enhancer Block
              6. 6.7.3.6.3.2.6 SR - Shift Right Block
              7. 6.7.3.6.3.2.7 Edge Enhancer Module Wrapper (WEE) Registers
            3. 6.7.3.6.3.3 Flexible Color Conversion (CC)
              1. 6.7.3.6.3.3.1 Interface Mux
              2. 6.7.3.6.3.3.2 Color Conversion (CCM-1)
              3. 6.7.3.6.3.3.3 RGB to HSX Conversion
                1. 6.7.3.6.3.3.3.1 Weighted Average Block
                2. 6.7.3.6.3.3.3.2 Saturation Block
                3. 6.7.3.6.3.3.3.3 Division Block
                4. 6.7.3.6.3.3.3.4 LUT Based 12 to 8 Downsampling
              4. 6.7.3.6.3.3.4 Histogram
              5. 6.7.3.6.3.3.5 Contrast Stretch / Gamma
              6. 6.7.3.6.3.3.6 RGB-YUV Conversion
            4. 6.7.3.6.3.4 444-422/420 Chroma Down-sampler
            5. 6.7.3.6.3.5 Blanking and Latency
          4. 6.7.3.6.4 FCP Clocking
          5. 6.7.3.6.5 FCP Interrupts
          6. 6.7.3.6.6 FCP Programmer’s Guide
            1. 6.7.3.6.6.1 HWA Core Programming Details
            2. 6.7.3.6.6.2 HWA HTS Programming Details
            3. 6.7.3.6.6.3 HWA Data Transfer Programming Details
            4. 6.7.3.6.6.4 Initialization Sequence
            5. 6.7.3.6.6.5 Real-time Operating Requirements
            6. 6.7.3.6.6.6 Power Up/Down Sequence
        7. 6.7.3.7 VISS Edge Enhancer (EE)
          1. 6.7.3.7.1 Edge Enhancer Introduction
            1. 6.7.3.7.1.1 Edge Enhancer Filter
            2. 6.7.3.7.1.2 Edge Sharpener Filter
            3. 6.7.3.7.1.3 Merge Block
          2. 6.7.3.7.2 Edge Enhancer Programming Model
      4. 6.7.4 VPAC Lens Distortion Correction (LDC) Module
        1. 6.7.4.1 LDC Overview
          1. 6.7.4.1.1 LDC Features
          2. 6.7.4.1.2 LDC Not Supported Features
        2. 6.7.4.2 LDC Functional Description
          1. 6.7.4.2.1  LDC Integration in VPAC
          2. 6.7.4.2.2  LDC Block Diagram
          3. 6.7.4.2.3  LDC Clocks
          4. 6.7.4.2.4  LDC Interrupts
            1. 6.7.4.2.4.1 LDC Interrupt Events Description
              1. 6.7.4.2.4.1.1 PIX_IBLK_OUTOFBOUND
              2. 6.7.4.2.4.1.2 MESH_IBLK_OUTOFBOUND
              3. 6.7.4.2.4.1.3 IFR_OUTOFBOUND
              4. 6.7.4.2.4.1.4 INT_SZOVF
              5. 6.7.4.2.4.1.5 VPAC_LDC_FR_DONE_EVT
              6. 6.7.4.2.4.1.6 VPAC_LDC_SL2_WR_ERR
              7. 6.7.4.2.4.1.7 PIX_IBLK_MEMOVF
              8. 6.7.4.2.4.1.8 MESH_IBLK_MEMOVF
              9. 6.7.4.2.4.1.9 VPAC_LDC_VBUSM_RD_ERR
          5. 6.7.4.2.5  LDC Affine Transform
          6. 6.7.4.2.6  LDC Perspective Transformation
          7. 6.7.4.2.7  LDC Lens Distortion Back Mapping
            1. 6.7.4.2.7.1 LDC Mesh Table Storage Format
          8. 6.7.4.2.8  LDC Pixel Interpolation
          9. 6.7.4.2.9  LDC Buffer Management
            1. 6.7.4.2.9.1 LDC Buffer Management
          10. 6.7.4.2.10 LDC Multi Region with Variable Block size
            1. 6.7.4.2.10.1 LDC Region Skip Feature
            2. 6.7.4.2.10.2 LDC Support for sub-set of 3x3 regions
            3. 6.7.4.2.10.3 LDC Limitations of Multi Region Scheme
            4. 6.7.4.2.10.4 LDC Multi Region Block Constrains
          11. 6.7.4.2.11 LDC Multi-pass Frame processing
          12. 6.7.4.2.12 LDC Input/Output Data Formats
          13. 6.7.4.2.13 LDC YUV422 to YUV420 Conversion
          14. 6.7.4.2.14 Independent Channel Control
          15. 6.7.4.2.15 LDC SL2 Interface (LSE)
            1. 6.7.4.2.15.1 LDC PSA (Parallel Signature Analysis)
          16. 6.7.4.2.16 LDC LUT Mapped Dual Output
          17. 6.7.4.2.17 LDC Band Width Controller
          18. 6.7.4.2.18 LDC Input Block Fetch Limit
          19. 6.7.4.2.19 LDC HTS Interface
          20. 6.7.4.2.20 LDC VBUSM Read Interface
          21. 6.7.4.2.21 Partial Input Frame Storage
          22. 6.7.4.2.22 Hybrid Addressing
        3. 6.7.4.3 LDC Programmers Guide
          1. 6.7.4.3.1 LDC Programming Geometric Distortion Mode
          2. 6.7.4.3.2 LDC Programming Rotational Video Stabilization (Affine Transformation)
          3. 6.7.4.3.3 LDC Programming Perspective Transformation
          4. 6.7.4.3.4 LDC Programming LSE
          5. 6.7.4.3.5 LDC Programming Restrictions and Special Cases
      5. 6.7.5 VPAC Multi-Scaler (MSC)
        1. 6.7.5.1 MSC Overview
          1. 6.7.5.1.1 MSC Features
          2. 6.7.5.1.2 MSC Not Supported Features
        2. 6.7.5.2 MSC Functional Description
          1. 6.7.5.2.1 MSC Functional Overview
          2. 6.7.5.2.2 Resizer Algorithm Details
            1. 6.7.5.2.2.1 Multiple Scales Generations
            2. 6.7.5.2.2.2 Polyphase Filter
              1. 6.7.5.2.2.2.1 Interpolation/Resampling
              2. 6.7.5.2.2.2.2 Phase Calculation and Re-sampler
              3. 6.7.5.2.2.2.3 Shared Coefficient Buffers
              4. 6.7.5.2.2.2.4 Border Pixel Padding
            3. 6.7.5.2.2.3 ROI Handling
          3. 6.7.5.2.3 MSC Data Formats Supported
        3. 6.7.5.3 MSC Interrupt Conditions
          1. 6.7.5.3.1 CPU Interrupts
          2. 6.7.5.3.2 Interrupt Event Description
            1. 6.7.5.3.2.1 VPAC_MSC_LSE_FR_DONE_EVT_0/1 Events
            2. 6.7.5.3.2.2 VPAC_MSC_LSE_SL2_RD_ERR Interrupt Event
            3. 6.7.5.3.2.3 VPAC_MSC_LSE_SL2_WR_ERR Interrupt Event
        4. 6.7.5.4 MSC Submodule Details
          1. 6.7.5.4.1 MSC Configuration Interface (MSC_CFG)
          2. 6.7.5.4.2 MSC Load Store Engine (MSC_LSE)
            1. 6.7.5.4.2.1 MSC_LSE Overview
              1. 6.7.5.4.2.1.1 MSC_LSE Features
            2. 6.7.5.4.2.2 MSC_LSE Internal Data Loopback Channel
            3. 6.7.5.4.2.3 MSC_LSE PSA Support
            4. 6.7.5.4.2.4 MSC_LSE Feature Detailed Description
          3. 6.7.5.4.3 MSC_CORE (HWA Core)
            1. 6.7.5.4.3.1 MSC_CORE Overview
            2. 6.7.5.4.3.2 Polyphase Filter of Vertical/Horizontal Resizers
              1. 6.7.5.4.3.2.1 Filter Data Path Logic
              2. 6.7.5.4.3.2.2 Filter Phase Calculation
              3. 6.7.5.4.3.2.3 Filter Parameters
              4. 6.7.5.4.3.2.4 Single-Phase Filter Parameters
              5. 6.7.5.4.3.2.5 Interleaved Mode Handling
              6. 6.7.5.4.3.2.6 Input Skip Line Support
            3. 6.7.5.4.3.3 Scaler Filter Thread Mapping
            4. 6.7.5.4.3.4 Filter Coefficients
              1. 6.7.5.4.3.4.1 Filter Coefficient Selection Algorithm
              2. 6.7.5.4.3.4.2 Filter Coefficient Parameter Configuration
              3. 6.7.5.4.3.4.3 3/4/5-Tap Filter Configuration
            5. 6.7.5.4.3.5 Input/Output ROI Trimmers
        5. 6.7.5.5 MSC Performance
        6. 6.7.5.6 MSC Clocking
        7. 6.7.5.7 MSC Reset
        8. 6.7.5.8 MSC Programmer’s Guide
          1. 6.7.5.8.1 Programming Model
            1. 6.7.5.8.1.1 MSC Programming Guidelines
            2. 6.7.5.8.1.2 MSC_Core Programming Details
            3. 6.7.5.8.1.3 MSC_LSE Programming Details
              1. 6.7.5.8.1.3.1 Input Thread Configuration:
              2. 6.7.5.8.1.3.2 Output Channel Configuration
            4. 6.7.5.8.1.4 MSC HTS Programming Details
            5. 6.7.5.8.1.5 MSC Data Transfer Programming Details
            6. 6.7.5.8.1.6 LSE Interrupt Programming
          2. 6.7.5.8.2 Initialization Sequence
          3. 6.7.5.8.3 Real-Time Operating Requirements
          4. 6.7.5.8.4 Power Up/Down Sequence
      6. 6.7.6 VPAC Noise Filter (NF)
        1. 6.7.6.1 NF Overview
          1. 6.7.6.1.1 NF Supported Features
          2. 6.7.6.1.2 NF Not Supported Features
        2. 6.7.6.2 NF Functional Description
          1. 6.7.6.2.1 Functional Operation
            1. 6.7.6.2.1.1 Overview
            2. 6.7.6.2.1.2 NF Integration In VPAC
            3. 6.7.6.2.1.3 Algorithm Details
            4. 6.7.6.2.1.4 Data Format Support In VPAC
        3. 6.7.6.3 NF Interrupts
          1. 6.7.6.3.1 CPU Interrupts
          2. 6.7.6.3.2 Interrupt Event Description
            1. 6.7.6.3.2.1 NF_FRAME_DONE Event
            2. 6.7.6.3.2.2 NF_SL2_READ_ERROR Event
            3. 6.7.6.3.2.3 NF_SL2_WRITE_ERROR Event
        4. 6.7.6.4 NF Submodule Details
          1. 6.7.6.4.1 NF_CFG
            1. 6.7.6.4.1.1 VBUSP Configuration Interface
            2. 6.7.6.4.1.2 Configuration Register Address Map
          2. 6.7.6.4.2 NF_LSE
            1. 6.7.6.4.2.1 NF_LSE Overview
            2. 6.7.6.4.2.2 NF_LSE Feature Detailed Description
          3. 6.7.6.4.3 HTS Interface And Integration
            1. 6.7.6.4.3.1 Hardware Thread Scheduler (HTS)
            2. 6.7.6.4.3.2 Synchronization With HTS
          4. 6.7.6.4.4 Noise Filter Core Block Diagram
            1. 6.7.6.4.4.1 VP Port (NF_LSE To/From NF_CORE Over VBUSP Interface)
            2. 6.7.6.4.4.2 Space Weight Details
            3. 6.7.6.4.4.3 Weight Calculation Logic
              1. 6.7.6.4.4.3.1 Combined LUT For Space And Range Weights
            4. 6.7.6.4.4.4 Reciprocal Calculation Logic
            5. 6.7.6.4.4.5 Border Handling
              1. 6.7.6.4.4.5.1 Border Handling (Simple)
          5. 6.7.6.4.5 Usage As Generic 2D Filter Engine
          6. 6.7.6.4.6 Adaptive Bilateral Weight Support
          7. 6.7.6.4.7 Chroma Handling (Interleaved Mode)
        5. 6.7.6.5 NF Integration Details
          1. 6.7.6.5.1 Performance Requirements
          2. 6.7.6.5.2 Slave VBUSP Interface Clock
          3. 6.7.6.5.3 Clocking
        6. 6.7.6.6 NF Programmer’s Guide
          1. 6.7.6.6.1 Programming Model
            1. 6.7.6.6.1.1 HWA Core Programming Details
            2. 6.7.6.6.1.2 NF SL2 Wrapper Interface Programming Details
            3. 6.7.6.6.1.3 HWA HTS Programming Details
            4. 6.7.6.6.1.4 HWA Data Transfer Programming Details
          2. 6.7.6.6.2 Initialization Sequence
          3. 6.7.6.6.3 Real-Time Operating Requirements
          4. 6.7.6.6.4 Power Up/Down Sequence
          5. 6.7.6.6.5 Clock Stop
    8. 6.8 Depth and Motion Perception Accelerator (DMPAC)
      1. 6.8.1 DMPAC Overview
        1. 6.8.1.1 DMPAC Features
        2. 6.8.1.2 DMPAC Not Supported Features
  9. 7 Interprocessor Communication
    1. 7.1 Mailbox
      1. 7.1.1 Mailbox Overview
        1. 7.1.1.1 Mailbox Features
        2. 7.1.1.2 Mailbox Parameters
        3. 7.1.1.3 Mailbox Not Supported Features
      2. 7.1.2 Mailbox Integration
        1. 7.1.2.1 System Mailbox Integration
      3. 7.1.3 Mailbox Functional Description
        1. 7.1.3.1 Mailbox Block Diagram
        2. 7.1.3.2 Mailbox Software Reset
        3. 7.1.3.3 Mailbox Power Management
        4. 7.1.3.4 Mailbox Interrupt Requests
        5. 7.1.3.5 Mailbox Assignment
          1. 7.1.3.5.1 Description
        6. 7.1.3.6 Sending and Receiving Messages
          1. 7.1.3.6.1 Description
        7. 7.1.3.7 Example of Communication
      4. 7.1.4 Mailbox Programming Guide
        1. 7.1.4.1 Mailbox Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.1.4.1.1 Global Initialization
            1. 7.1.4.1.1.1 Surrounding Modules Global Initialization
            2. 7.1.4.1.1.2 Mailbox Global Initialization
              1. 7.1.4.1.1.2.1 Main Sequence - Mailbox Global Initialization
          2. 7.1.4.1.2 Mailbox Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 7.1.4.1.2.1 Mailbox Processing modes
              1. 7.1.4.1.2.1.1 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Polling Method)
              2. 7.1.4.1.2.1.2 Main Sequence - Sending a Message (Interrupt Method)
              3. 7.1.4.1.2.1.3 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Polling Method)
              4. 7.1.4.1.2.1.4 Main Sequence - Receiving a Message (Interrupt Method)
          3. 7.1.4.1.3 Mailbox Events Servicing
            1. 7.1.4.1.3.1 Events Servicing in Sending Mode
            2. 7.1.4.1.3.2 Events Servicing in Receiving Mode
    2. 7.2 Spinlock
      1. 7.2.1 Spinlock Overview
        1. 7.2.1.1 Spinlock Not Supported Features
      2. 7.2.2 Spinlock Functional Description
        1. 7.2.2.1 Spinlock Software Reset
        2. 7.2.2.2 Spinlock Power Management
        3. 7.2.2.3 About Spinlocks
        4. 7.2.2.4 Spinlock Functional Operation
      3. 7.2.3 Spinlock Programming Guide
        1. 7.2.3.1 Spinlock Low-level Programming Models
          1. 7.2.3.1.1 Basic Spinlock Operations
            1. 7.2.3.1.1.1 Spinlocks Clearing After a System Bug Recovery
            2. 7.2.3.1.1.2 Take and Release Spinlock
  10. 8 Memory Controllers
    1. 8.1 Multicore Shared Memory Controller (MSMC)
      1. 8.1.1 MSMC Overview
        1. 8.1.1.1 MSMC Not Supported Features
      2. 8.1.2 MSMC Functional Description
        1. 8.1.2.1  MSMC Block Diagram
        2. 8.1.2.2  MSMC On-Chip Memory Banking
        3. 8.1.2.3  MSMC Snoop Filter and Data Cache
          1. 8.1.2.3.1 Way Partitioning
          2. 8.1.2.3.2 Cache Size Configuration and Associativity
          3. 8.1.2.3.3 Write Back Invalidate
        4. 8.1.2.4  MSMC Access Protection Checks
        5. 8.1.2.5  MSMC Null Slave
        6. 8.1.2.6  MSMC Resource Arbitration
        7. 8.1.2.7  MSMC Error Detection and Correction
          1. 8.1.2.7.1 On-chip SRAM and Pipeline Data Protection
          2. 8.1.2.7.2 On-chip SRAM L3 Cache Tag and Snoop Filter Protection
          3. 8.1.2.7.3 On-chip SRAM Memory Mapped SRAM Snoop Filter Protection
          4. 8.1.2.7.4 Background Parity Refresh (Scrubbing)
        8. 8.1.2.8  MSMC Interrupts
          1. 8.1.2.8.1 Raw Interrupt Registers
          2. 8.1.2.8.2 Interrupt Enable Registers
          3. 8.1.2.8.3 Triggered and Enabled Interrupts
        9. 8.1.2.9  MSMC Memory Regions
        10. 8.1.2.10 MSMC Hardware Coherence
          1. 8.1.2.10.1 Snoop Filter Broadcast Mode
        11. 8.1.2.11 MSMC Quality-of-Service
        12. 8.1.2.12 MSMC Memory Regions Protection
        13. 8.1.2.13 MSMC Cache Tag View
        14. 8.1.2.14 MSMC R50+ Features
          1. 8.1.2.14.1 Way Group Partitioning
            1. 8.1.2.14.1.1 MMRs Related to Way Group Partitioning Feature
              1. 8.1.2.14.1.1.1 RT_WAY_SELECT [Address = 0x8000]
              2. 8.1.2.14.1.1.2 NRT_WAY_SELECT [Address = 0x8008]
          2. 8.1.2.14.2 Write Back Invalidate
            1. 8.1.2.14.2.1 MMR Related to Snoop Filter Invalidate Feature
              1. 8.1.2.14.2.1.1 WBINV_CTRL [Address = 0x4000]
          3. 8.1.2.14.3 FFI Support
            1. 8.1.2.14.3.1 FFI Event Sequence
          4. 8.1.2.14.4 Broadcast Mode
          5. 8.1.2.14.5 DRU and SDMA Access Constraints (Access ARC Removal)
          6. 8.1.2.14.6 EMIF Interleaving
          7. 8.1.2.14.7 QoS Fix/RT Hazarding
    2. 8.2 DDR Subsystem (DDRSS)
      1. 8.2.1 DDRSS Overview
        1. 8.2.1.1 DDRSS Not Supported Features
      2. 8.2.2 DDRSS Environment
      3. 8.2.3 DDRSS Functional Description
        1. 8.2.3.1 DDRSS MSMC2DDR Bridge
          1. 8.2.3.1.1 VBUSM.C Threads
          2. 8.2.3.1.2 Class of Service (CoS)
          3. 8.2.3.1.3 AXI Write Data All-Strobes
          4. 8.2.3.1.4 Inline ECC for SDRAM Data
            1. 8.2.3.1.4.1 ECC Cache
            2. 8.2.3.1.4.2 ECC Statistics
          5. 8.2.3.1.5 Opcode Checking
          6. 8.2.3.1.6 Address Alias Prevention
          7. 8.2.3.1.7 Data Error Detection and Correction
          8. 8.2.3.1.8 AXI Bus Timeout
        2. 8.2.3.2 DDRSS Interrupts
        3. 8.2.3.3 DDRSS Memory Regions
        4. 8.2.3.4 DDRSS ECC Support
        5. 8.2.3.5 DDRSS Dynamic Frequency Change Interface
        6. 8.2.3.6 DDR Controller Functional Description
          1. 8.2.3.6.1  DDR PHY Interface (DFI)
          2. 8.2.3.6.2  Command Queue
            1. 8.2.3.6.2.1 Placement Logic
            2. 8.2.3.6.2.2 Command Selection Logic
          3. 8.2.3.6.3  Low Power Control
          4. 8.2.3.6.4  Transaction Processing
          5. 8.2.3.6.5  BIST Engine
          6. 8.2.3.6.6  ECC Engine
          7. 8.2.3.6.7  Address Mapping
          8. 8.2.3.6.8  Paging Policy
          9. 8.2.3.6.9  DDR Controller Initialization
          10. 8.2.3.6.10 Programming LPDDR4 Memories
            1. 8.2.3.6.10.1 Frequency Set Point (FSP)
              1. 8.2.3.6.10.1.1 FSP Mode Register Programming During Initialization
              2. 8.2.3.6.10.1.2 FSP Mode Register Programming During Normal Operation
              3. 8.2.3.6.10.1.3 FSP Mode Register Programming During Dynamic Frequency Scaling
            2. 8.2.3.6.10.2 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
            3. 8.2.3.6.10.3 On-Die Termination
              1. 8.2.3.6.10.3.1 LPDDR4 DQ ODT
              2. 8.2.3.6.10.3.2 LPDDR4 CA ODT
            4. 8.2.3.6.10.4 Byte Lane Swapping
            5. 8.2.3.6.10.5 DQS Interval Oscillator
              1. 8.2.3.6.10.5.1 Oscillator State Machine
            6. 8.2.3.6.10.6 Per-Bank Refresh (PBR)
              1. 8.2.3.6.10.6.1 Normal Operation
              2. 8.2.3.6.10.6.2 Continuous Refresh Request Mode
        7. 8.2.3.7 DDR PHY Functional Description
          1. 8.2.3.7.1  Data Slice
          2. 8.2.3.7.2  Address Slice
            1. 8.2.3.7.2.1 Address Swapping
          3. 8.2.3.7.3  Address/Control Slice
          4. 8.2.3.7.4  Clock Slice
          5. 8.2.3.7.5  DDR PHY Initialization
          6. 8.2.3.7.6  DDR PHY Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS)
          7. 8.2.3.7.7  Chip Select and Frequency Based Register Settings
          8. 8.2.3.7.8  Low-Power Modes
          9. 8.2.3.7.9  Training Support
            1. 8.2.3.7.9.1 Write Leveling
            2. 8.2.3.7.9.2 Read Gate Training
            3. 8.2.3.7.9.3 Read Data Eye Training
            4. 8.2.3.7.9.4 Write DQ Training
            5. 8.2.3.7.9.5 CA Training
            6. 8.2.3.7.9.6 CS Training
          10. 8.2.3.7.10 Data Bus Inversion (DBI)
          11. 8.2.3.7.11 I/O Pad Calibration
          12. 8.2.3.7.12 DQS Error
        8. 8.2.3.8 PI Functional Description
          1. 8.2.3.8.1 PI Initialization
    3. 8.3 Peripheral Virtualization Unit (PVU)
      1. 8.3.1 PVU Overview
        1. 8.3.1.1 PVU Features
        2. 8.3.1.2 PVU Integration
        3. 8.3.1.3 PVU Not Supported Features
      2. 8.3.2 PVU Functional Description
        1. 8.3.2.1  Functional Operation Overview
        2. 8.3.2.2  PVU Channels
        3. 8.3.2.3  TLB
        4. 8.3.2.4  TLB Entry
        5. 8.3.2.5  TLB Selection
        6. 8.3.2.6  DMA Classes
        7. 8.3.2.7  General virtIDs
        8. 8.3.2.8  TLB Lookup
        9. 8.3.2.9  TLB Miss
        10. 8.3.2.10 Multiple Matching Entries
        11. 8.3.2.11 TLB Disable
        12. 8.3.2.12 TLB Chaining
        13. 8.3.2.13 TLB Permissions
        14. 8.3.2.14 Translation
        15. 8.3.2.15 Memory Attributes
        16. 8.3.2.16 Faulted Transactions
        17. 8.3.2.17 Non-Virtual Transactions
        18. 8.3.2.18 Allowed virtIDs
        19. 8.3.2.19 Software Control
        20. 8.3.2.20 Fault Logging
        21. 8.3.2.21 Alignment Restrictions
    4. 8.4 Region-based Address Translation (RAT) Module
      1. 8.4.1 RAT Functional Description
        1. 8.4.1.1 RAT Operation
        2. 8.4.1.2 RAT Error Logging
  11. 9 Interrupts
    1. 9.1 Interrupt Architecture
    2. 9.2 Interrupt Controllers
      1. 9.2.1 Generic Interrupt Controller (GIC)
        1. 9.2.1.1 GIC Overview
          1. 9.2.1.1.1 GIC Features
          2. 9.2.1.1.2 GIC Not Supported Features
        2. 9.2.1.2 GIC Functional Description
          1. 9.2.1.2.1 Arm GIC-500
          2. 9.2.1.2.2 GIC Interrupt Types
          3. 9.2.1.2.3 GIC Interfaces
          4. 9.2.1.2.4 GIC Interrupt Outputs
          5. 9.2.1.2.5 GIC ECC Support
          6. 9.2.1.2.6 GIC AXI2VBUSM and VBUSM2AXI Bridges
      2. 9.2.2 Cluster Level Event Controller (CLEC)
        1. 9.2.2.1 CLEC Overview
        2. 9.2.2.2 CLEC Functional Description
          1. 9.2.2.2.1 CLEC Interrupt Event Routing
          2. 9.2.2.2.2 CLEC Virtualization, Isolation and Access Control
          3. 9.2.2.2.3 CLEC Memory Protection
          4. 9.2.2.2.4 CLEC ECC Support
          5. 9.2.2.2.5 CLEC Intra-Core Communication
          6. 9.2.2.2.6 CLEC Event Maps
            1. 9.2.2.2.6.1 CLEC ESM Event Routing
      3. 9.2.3 Other Interrupt Controllers
    3. 9.3 Interrupt Routers
      1. 9.3.1 INTRTR Overview
    4. 9.4 Interrupt Sources
  12. 10Data Movement Architecture (DMA)
    1. 10.1 DMA Architecture
      1. 10.1.1 Overview
        1. 10.1.1.1  Navigator Subsystem
        2. 10.1.1.2  Ring Accelerator (RA)
        3. 10.1.1.3  Proxy
        4. 10.1.1.4  Secure Proxy
        5. 10.1.1.5  Interrupt Aggregator (INTA)
        6. 10.1.1.6  Interrupt Router (IR)
        7. 10.1.1.7  Unified DMA – Third Party Channel Controller (UDMA-C)
        8. 10.1.1.8  Unified Transfer Controller (UTC)
        9. 10.1.1.9  Data Routing Unit (DRU)
        10. 10.1.1.10 Unified DMA – Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P)
        11. 10.1.1.11 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
        12. 10.1.1.12 Embedded DMA
        13. 10.1.1.13 Definition of Terms
      2. 10.1.2 DMA Hardware/Software Interface
        1. 10.1.2.1 Data Buffers
        2. 10.1.2.2 Descriptors
          1. 10.1.2.2.1 Host Packet Descriptor
          2. 10.1.2.2.2 Host Buffer Descriptor
          3. 10.1.2.2.3 Monolithic Packet Descriptor
          4. 10.1.2.2.4 Transfer Request Descriptor
        3. 10.1.2.3 Transfer Request Record
          1. 10.1.2.3.1 Overview
          2. 10.1.2.3.2 Addressing Algorithm
            1. 10.1.2.3.2.1 Linear Addressing (Forward)
          3. 10.1.2.3.3 Transfer Request Formats
          4. 10.1.2.3.4 Flags Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.3.4.1 Type: TR Type Field
            2. 10.1.2.3.4.2 STATIC: Static Field Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.4.3 EVENT_SIZE: Event Generation Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.4.4 TRIGGER INFO: TR Triggers
            5. 10.1.2.3.4.5 TRIGGERX_TYPE: Trigger Type
            6. 10.1.2.3.4.6 TRIGGERX: Trigger Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.4.7 CMD ID: Command ID Field Definition
            8. 10.1.2.3.4.8 Configuration Specific Flags Definition
          5. 10.1.2.3.5 TR Address and Size Attributes
            1. 10.1.2.3.5.1  ICNT0
            2. 10.1.2.3.5.2  ICNT1
            3. 10.1.2.3.5.3  ADDR
            4. 10.1.2.3.5.4  DIM1
            5. 10.1.2.3.5.5  ICNT2
            6. 10.1.2.3.5.6  ICNT3
            7. 10.1.2.3.5.7  DIM2
            8. 10.1.2.3.5.8  DIM3
            9. 10.1.2.3.5.9  DDIM1
            10. 10.1.2.3.5.10 DADDR
            11. 10.1.2.3.5.11 DDIM2
            12. 10.1.2.3.5.12 DDIM3
            13. 10.1.2.3.5.13 DICNT0
            14. 10.1.2.3.5.14 DICNT1
            15. 10.1.2.3.5.15 DICNT2
            16. 10.1.2.3.5.16 DICNT3
          6. 10.1.2.3.6 FMTFLAGS
            1. 10.1.2.3.6.1 AMODE: Addressing Mode Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.1.1 Linear Addressing
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.1.2 Circular Addressing
            2. 10.1.2.3.6.2 DIR: Addressing Mode Direction Definition
            3. 10.1.2.3.6.3 ELTYPE: Element Type Definition
            4. 10.1.2.3.6.4 DFMT: Data Formatting Algorithm Definition
            5. 10.1.2.3.6.5 SECTR: Secondary Transfer Request Definition
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.1 Secondary TR Formats
              2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2 Secondary TR FLAGS
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.1 SEC_TR_TYPE: Secondary TR Type Field
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.5.2.2 Multiple Buffer Interleave
            6. 10.1.2.3.6.6 AMODE SPECIFIC: Addressing Mode Field
              1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1 Circular Address Mode Specific Flags
                1. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.1 CBK0 and CBK1: Circular Block Size Selection
                2. 10.1.2.3.6.6.1.2 Amx: Addressing Mode Selection
            7. 10.1.2.3.6.7 Cache Flags
        4. 10.1.2.4 Transfer Response Record
          1. 10.1.2.4.1 STATUS Field Definition
            1. 10.1.2.4.1.1 STATUS_TYPE Definition
              1. 10.1.2.4.1.1.1 Transfer Error
              2. 10.1.2.4.1.1.2 Aborted Error
              3. 10.1.2.4.1.1.3 Submission Error
              4. 10.1.2.4.1.1.4 Unsupported Feature
              5. 10.1.2.4.1.1.5 Transfer Exception
              6. 10.1.2.4.1.1.6 Teardown Flush
        5. 10.1.2.5 Channels
        6. 10.1.2.6 Flows
        7. 10.1.2.7 UDMA/UTC Queues
          1. 10.1.2.7.1 Queue Types
            1. 10.1.2.7.1.1 Transmit Queues (Pass By Reference)
            2. 10.1.2.7.1.2 Transmit Queues (Pass By Value)
            3. 10.1.2.7.1.3 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Reference)
            4. 10.1.2.7.1.4 Transmit Completion Queues (Pass By Value)
            5. 10.1.2.7.1.5 Receive Queues
            6. 10.1.2.7.1.6 Free Descriptor Queues
            7. 10.1.2.7.1.7 Free Descriptor/Buffer Queues
          2. 10.1.2.7.2 Ring Accelerator Queues Implementation
        8. 10.1.2.8 BCDMA Queues
          1. 10.1.2.8.1 Queue Types
            1. 10.1.2.8.1.1 Transmit Queues
            2. 10.1.2.8.1.2 Transmit Completion Queues
            3. 10.1.2.8.1.3 Free Descriptor / Buffer Queues
            4. 10.1.2.8.1.4 Receive Queues
            5. 10.1.2.8.1.5 Ring Based Queues Implementation
      3. 10.1.3 Operational Description
        1. 10.1.3.1  Resource Allocation
        2. 10.1.3.2  UDMA Ring Accelerator Operation
          1. 10.1.3.2.1 Queue Initialization
          2. 10.1.3.2.2 Queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          3. 10.1.3.2.3 De-queuing packets (Exposed Ring Mode)
          4. 10.1.3.2.4 Queuing packets (Queue Mode)
          5. 10.1.3.2.5 De-queuing packets (Queue Mode)
        3. 10.1.3.3  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        4. 10.1.3.4  UDMA Internal Transmit Channel Teardown (All Packet Types)
        5. 10.1.3.5  UDMA-P Transmit Channel Pause
        6. 10.1.3.6  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Host Packet Type)
        7. 10.1.3.7  UDMA-P Transmit Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        8. 10.1.3.8  UDMA Transmit Operation (TR Packet)
        9. 10.1.3.9  UDMA Transmit Operation (Direct TR)
        10. 10.1.3.10 UDMA Transmit Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.10.1 Null Icnt0 Error
          2. 10.1.3.10.2 Unsupported TR Type
          3. 10.1.3.10.3 Bus Errors
        11. 10.1.3.11 UDMA Receive Channel Setup (All Packet Types)
        12. 10.1.3.12 UDMA Receive Channel Teardown
        13. 10.1.3.13 UDMA-P Receive Channel Pause
        14. 10.1.3.14 UDMA-P Receive Free Descriptor/Buffer Queue Setup (Host Packets)
        15. 10.1.3.15 UDMA-P Receive FlowID Firewall Operation
        16. 10.1.3.16 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Host Packet)
        17. 10.1.3.17 UDMA-P Receive Operation (Monolithic Packet)
        18. 10.1.3.18 UDMA Receive Operation (TR Packet)
        19. 10.1.3.19 UDMA Receive Operation (Direct TR)
        20. 10.1.3.20 UDMA Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.20.1 Error Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.20.1.1 Bus Errors
            2. 10.1.3.20.1.2 Null Icnt0 Error
            3. 10.1.3.20.1.3 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.20.2 Exception Conditions Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.20.2.1 Descriptor Starvation
            2. 10.1.3.20.2.2 Protocol Errors
            3. 10.1.3.20.2.3 Dropped Packets
            4. 10.1.3.20.2.4 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            5. 10.1.3.20.2.5 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            6. 10.1.3.20.2.6 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
        21. 10.1.3.21 UTC Operation
        22. 10.1.3.22 UTC Receive Error/Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.22.1 Error Handling
            1. 10.1.3.22.1.1 Null Icnt0 Error
            2. 10.1.3.22.1.2 Unsupported TR Type
          2. 10.1.3.22.2 Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.22.2.1 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            2. 10.1.3.22.2.2 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            3. 10.1.3.22.2.3 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
        23. 10.1.3.23 BCDMA - Ring Operation
          1. 10.1.3.23.1 Queue Initialization
          2. 10.1.3.23.2 Queueing Entries
          3. 10.1.3.23.3 De-queueing Entries
        24. 10.1.3.24 BCDMA - Output Event Generation
        25. 10.1.3.25 BCDMA - Split Transmit Channel Setup
        26. 10.1.3.26 BCDMA - Split Transmit Operation Pause
        27. 10.1.3.27 BCDMA - Split Transmit Channel Teardown
        28. 10.1.3.28 BCDMA - Split Transmit Operation (TR Packet)
        29. 10.1.3.29 BCDMA - Split Transmit Error / Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.29.1 Null Icnt0 Error
          2. 10.1.3.29.2 Unsupported TR Type
          3. 10.1.3.29.3 Bus Errors
        30. 10.1.3.30 BCDMA - Split Receive Channel Setup
        31. 10.1.3.31 BCDMA - Split Receive Channel Pause
        32. 10.1.3.32 BCDMA - Split Receive Channel Teardown
        33. 10.1.3.33 BCDMA - Split Receive Operation (TR Packet)
        34. 10.1.3.34 BCDMA - Split Receive Error / Exception Handling
          1. 10.1.3.34.1 BCDMA Exception Conditions
            1. 10.1.3.34.1.1 Reception of EOL Delimiter
            2. 10.1.3.34.1.2 EOP Asserted Prematurely (Short Packet)
            3. 10.1.3.34.1.3 EOP Asserted Late (Long Packets)
            4. 10.1.3.34.1.4 Descriptor Starvation
    2. 10.2 Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
      1. 10.2.1  Main Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.1.1 NAVSS Overview
          1. 10.2.1.1.1 Main Navigator Subsystem (NAVSS) Ports
        2. 10.2.1.2 NAVSS Functional Description
        3. 10.2.1.3 NAVSS Interrupt Configuration
          1. 10.2.1.3.1 NAVSS Event and Interrupt Flow
            1. 10.2.1.3.1.1 NAVSS Interrupts Description
            2. 10.2.1.3.1.2 Application Example
      2. 10.2.2  MCU Navigator Subsystem (MCU NAVSS)
        1. 10.2.2.1 MCU NAVSS Overview
          1. 10.2.2.1.1 MCU NAVSS Ports
        2. 10.2.2.2 MCU NAVSS Functional Description
      3. 10.2.3  Unified DMA Controller (UDMA)
        1. 10.2.3.1 UDMA Overview
          1. 10.2.3.1.1 UDMA Features
          2. 10.2.3.1.2 UDMA Parameters
          3. 10.2.3.1.3 Unified DMA Controller (UDMA) Ports
        2. 10.2.3.2 UDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.2.3.2.1 Block Diagram
          2. 10.2.3.2.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.3.2.2.1  Operational States
            2. 10.2.3.2.2.2  Tx Channel Allocation
            3. 10.2.3.2.2.3  Rx Channel Allocation
            4. 10.2.3.2.2.4  Tx Teardown
            5. 10.2.3.2.2.5  Rx Teardown
            6. 10.2.3.2.2.6  Tx Clock Stop
            7. 10.2.3.2.2.7  Rx Clock Stop
            8. 10.2.3.2.2.8  Rx Thread Enables
            9. 10.2.3.2.2.9  Events
              1. 10.2.3.2.2.9.1 Local Event Inputs
              2. 10.2.3.2.2.9.2 Inbound Tx PSI-L Events
              3. 10.2.3.2.2.9.3 Outbound Rx PSI-L Events
            10. 10.2.3.2.2.10 Emulation Control
          3. 10.2.3.2.3 Packet Oriented Transmit Operation
            1. 10.2.3.2.3.1 Packet Mode VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
          4. 10.2.3.2.4 Packet Oriented Receive Operation
            1. 10.2.3.2.4.1 Rx Packet Drop
            2. 10.2.3.2.4.2 Rx Starvation and the Starvation Timer
          5. 10.2.3.2.5 Third Party Mode Operation
            1. 10.2.3.2.5.1 Events and Flow Control
              1. 10.2.3.2.5.1.1 Channel Triggering
              2. 10.2.3.2.5.1.2 Internal TR Completion Events
            2. 10.2.3.2.5.2 Transmit Operation
              1. 10.2.3.2.5.2.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.2.5.2.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.2.5.2.3 Data Transfer
              4. 10.2.3.2.5.2.4 Memory Interface Transactions
              5. 10.2.3.2.5.2.5 Error Handling
            3. 10.2.3.2.5.3 Receive Operation
              1. 10.2.3.2.5.3.1 Transfer Request
              2. 10.2.3.2.5.3.2 Transfer Response
              3. 10.2.3.2.5.3.3 Error Handling
            4. 10.2.3.2.5.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.2.3.2.5.4.1 Memory Interface Transactions
              2. 10.2.3.2.5.4.2 Rx Packet Drop
      4. 10.2.4  Ring Accelerator (RINGACC)
        1. 10.2.4.1 RINGACC Overview
          1. 10.2.4.1.1 RINGACC Features
          2. 10.2.4.1.2 RINGACC Not Supported Features
          3. 10.2.4.1.3 RINGACC Parameters
          4. 10.2.4.1.4 Ring Accelerator (RINGACC) Ports
        2. 10.2.4.2 RINGACC Functional Description
          1. 10.2.4.2.1 Block Diagram
            1. 10.2.4.2.1.1  Configuration Registers
            2. 10.2.4.2.1.2  Source Command FIFO
            3. 10.2.4.2.1.3  Source Write Data FIFO
            4. 10.2.4.2.1.4  Source Read Data FIFO
            5. 10.2.4.2.1.5  Source Write Status FIFO
            6. 10.2.4.2.1.6  Main State Machine
            7. 10.2.4.2.1.7  Destination Command FIFO
            8. 10.2.4.2.1.8  Destination Write Data FIFO
            9. 10.2.4.2.1.9  Destination Read Data FIFO
            10. 10.2.4.2.1.10 Destination Write Status FIFO
          2. 10.2.4.2.2 RINGACC Functional Operation
            1. 10.2.4.2.2.1 Queue Modes
              1. 10.2.4.2.2.1.1 Ring Mode
              2. 10.2.4.2.2.1.2 Messaging Mode
              3. 10.2.4.2.2.1.3 Credentials Mode
              4. 10.2.4.2.2.1.4 Queue Manager Mode
              5. 10.2.4.2.2.1.5 Peek Support
              6. 10.2.4.2.2.1.6 Index Register Operation
            2. 10.2.4.2.2.2 VBUSM Slave Ring Operations
            3. 10.2.4.2.2.3 VBUSM Master Interface Command ID Selection
            4. 10.2.4.2.2.4 Ring Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            5. 10.2.4.2.2.5 Ring Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            6. 10.2.4.2.2.6 Host Doorbell Access
            7. 10.2.4.2.2.7 Queue Push Operation (VBUSM Write to Source Interface)
            8. 10.2.4.2.2.8 Queue Pop Operation (VBUSM Read from Source Interface)
            9. 10.2.4.2.2.9 Mismatched Element Size Handling
          3. 10.2.4.2.3 Events
          4. 10.2.4.2.4 Bus Error Handling
          5. 10.2.4.2.5 Monitors
            1. 10.2.4.2.5.1 Threshold Monitor
            2. 10.2.4.2.5.2 Watermark Monitor
            3. 10.2.4.2.5.3 Starvation Monitor
            4. 10.2.4.2.5.4 Statistics Monitor
            5. 10.2.4.2.5.5 Overflow
            6. 10.2.4.2.5.6 Ring Update Port
            7. 10.2.4.2.5.7 Tracing
      5. 10.2.5  Proxy
        1. 10.2.5.1 Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.5.1.1 Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.5.1.2 Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.5.1.3 Proxy Not Supported Features
          4. 10.2.5.1.4 Proxy Ports
        2. 10.2.5.2 Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.5.2.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.5.2.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.5.2.2  Proxy Sizes
          3. 10.2.5.2.3  Proxy Interleaving
          4. 10.2.5.2.4  Proxy Host States
          5. 10.2.5.2.5  Proxy Host Channel Selection
          6. 10.2.5.2.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.5.2.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.5.2.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
          7. 10.2.5.2.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.5.2.8  Buffer Size
          9. 10.2.5.2.9  Error Events
          10. 10.2.5.2.10 Debug Reads
      6. 10.2.6  Secure Proxy
        1. 10.2.6.1 Secure Proxy Overview
          1. 10.2.6.1.1 Secure Proxy Features
          2. 10.2.6.1.2 Secure Proxy Parameters
          3. 10.2.6.1.3 Secure Proxy Not Supported Features
          4. 10.2.6.1.4 Secure Proxy Ports
        2. 10.2.6.2 Secure Proxy Functional Description
          1. 10.2.6.2.1  Targets
            1. 10.2.6.2.1.1 Ring Accelerator
          2. 10.2.6.2.2  Buffers
            1. 10.2.6.2.2.1 Proxy Credits
            2. 10.2.6.2.2.2 Proxy Private Word
            3. 10.2.6.2.2.3 Completion Byte
          3. 10.2.6.2.3  Proxy Thread Sizes
          4. 10.2.6.2.4  Proxy Thread Interleaving
          5. 10.2.6.2.5  Proxy States
          6. 10.2.6.2.6  Proxy Host Access
            1. 10.2.6.2.6.1 Proxy Host Writes
            2. 10.2.6.2.6.2 Proxy Host Reads
            3. 10.2.6.2.6.3 Buffer Accesses
            4. 10.2.6.2.6.4 Target Access
            5. 10.2.6.2.6.5 Error State
          7. 10.2.6.2.7  Permission Inheritance
          8. 10.2.6.2.8  Resource Association
          9. 10.2.6.2.9  Direction
          10. 10.2.6.2.10 Threshold Events
          11. 10.2.6.2.11 Error Events
          12. 10.2.6.2.12 Bus Errors and Credits
          13. 10.2.6.2.13 Debug
      7. 10.2.7  Interrupt Aggregator (INTR_AGGR)
        1. 10.2.7.1 INTR_AGGR Overview
          1. 10.2.7.1.1 INTR_AGGR Features
          2. 10.2.7.1.2 INTR_AGGR Parameters
          3. 10.2.7.1.3 Interrupt Aggregator (INTR_AGGR) Ports
        2. 10.2.7.2 INTR_AGGR Functional Description
          1. 10.2.7.2.1 Submodule Descriptions
            1. 10.2.7.2.1.1 Status/Mask Registers
            2. 10.2.7.2.1.2 Interrupt Mapping Block
            3. 10.2.7.2.1.3 Global Event Input (GEVI) Counters
            4. 10.2.7.2.1.4 Local Event Input (LEVI) to Global Event Conversion
            5. 10.2.7.2.1.5 Global Event Multicast
          2. 10.2.7.2.2 General Functionality
            1. 10.2.7.2.2.1 Event to Interrupt Bit Steering
            2. 10.2.7.2.2.2 Interrupt Status
            3. 10.2.7.2.2.3 Interrupt Masked Status
            4. 10.2.7.2.2.4 Enabling/Disabling Individual Interrupt Source Bits
            5. 10.2.7.2.2.5 Interrupt Output Generation
            6. 10.2.7.2.2.6 Global Event Counting
            7. 10.2.7.2.2.7 Local Event to Global Event Conversion
            8. 10.2.7.2.2.8 Global Event Multicast
      8. 10.2.8  Packet Streaming Interface Link (PSI-L)
        1. 10.2.8.1 PSI-L Overview
        2. 10.2.8.2 PSI-L Functional Description
          1. 10.2.8.2.1 PSI-L Introduction
          2. 10.2.8.2.2 PSI-L Operation
            1. 10.2.8.2.2.1 Event Transport
            2. 10.2.8.2.2.2 Threads
            3. 10.2.8.2.2.3 Arbitration Protocol
            4. 10.2.8.2.2.4 Thread Configuration
              1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1 Thread Pairing
                1. 10.2.8.2.2.4.1.1 Configuration Transaction Pairing
              2. 10.2.8.2.2.4.2 Configuration Registers Region
      9. 10.2.9  PSIL Subsystem (PSILSS)
        1. 10.2.9.1 PSILSS Overview
          1. 10.2.9.1.1 PSILSS Features
        2. 10.2.9.2 PSILSS Functional Description
          1. 10.2.9.2.1 PSILSS Basic Operation
          2. 10.2.9.2.2 PSILSS Event Routing
          3. 10.2.9.2.3 PSILSS Link Down Detection
          4. 10.2.9.2.4 PSILSS Configuration
      10. 10.2.10 NAVSS North Bridge (NB)
        1. 10.2.10.1 NB Overview
          1. 10.2.10.1.1 Features Supported
          2. 10.2.10.1.2 NB Parameters
            1. 10.2.10.1.2.1 Compliance to Standards
            2. 10.2.10.1.2.2 Features Not Supported
        2. 10.2.10.2 NB Functional Description
          1. 10.2.10.2.1  VBUSM Slave Interfaces
          2. 10.2.10.2.2  VBUSM Master Interface
          3. 10.2.10.2.3  VBUSM.C Interfaces
            1. 10.2.10.2.3.1 Multi-Threading
            2. 10.2.10.2.3.2 Write Command Crediting
            3. 10.2.10.2.3.3 Early Credit Response
            4. 10.2.10.2.3.4 Priority Escalation
          4. 10.2.10.2.4  Source M2M Bridges
          5. 10.2.10.2.5  Destination M2M Bridge
          6. 10.2.10.2.6  M2C Bridge
          7. 10.2.10.2.7  Memory Attribute Tables
          8. 10.2.10.2.8  Outstanding Read Data Limiter
          9. 10.2.10.2.9  Ordering
          10. 10.2.10.2.10 Quality of Service
          11. 10.2.10.2.11 IDLE Behavior
          12. 10.2.10.2.12 Clock Power Management
      11. 10.2.11 Block Copy DMA (BCDMA)
        1. 10.2.11.1 BCDMA Submodule Descriptions
          1. 10.2.11.1.1  Bus Interface Unit
          2. 10.2.11.1.2  Config CR
          3. 10.2.11.1.3  Configuration Registers
            1. 10.2.11.1.3.1 BCDMA Mapping Table
          4. 10.2.11.1.4  Read Unit(s)
          5. 10.2.11.1.5  TR Coherency Unit
          6. 10.2.11.1.6  Per-Copy-Channel Buffers
          7. 10.2.11.1.7  Tx Per-Split-Channel Buffers
          8. 10.2.11.1.8  Rx Per-Split-Channel Buffers
          9. 10.2.11.1.9  Write Unit(s)
          10. 10.2.11.1.10 Event Coherency Unit
          11. 10.2.11.1.11 Event Handler
        2. 10.2.11.2 Channel Classes
    3. 10.3 Peripheral DMA (PDMA)
      1. 10.3.1 PDMA Controller
        1. 10.3.1.1 PDMA Overview
          1. 10.3.1.1.1 PDMA Features
            1. 10.3.1.1.1.1  MCU_PDMA0 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0) Features
            2. 10.3.1.1.1.2  MCU_PDMA1 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1) Features
            3. 10.3.1.1.1.3  MCU_PDMA2 (MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2) Features
            4. 10.3.1.1.1.4  MCU_PDMA3 (MCU_PDMA_ADC) Features
            5. 10.3.1.1.1.5  PDMA5 (PDMA_MCAN) Features
            6. 10.3.1.1.1.6  PDMA6 (PDMA_MCASP_G0) Features
            7. 10.3.1.1.1.7  PDMA9 (PDMA_SPI_G0) Features
            8. 10.3.1.1.1.8  PDMA10 (PDMA_SPI_G1) Features
            9. 10.3.1.1.1.9  PDMA13 (PDMA_USART_G0) Features
            10. 10.3.1.1.1.10 PDMA14 (PDMA_USART_G1) Features
            11. 10.3.1.1.1.11 PDMA15 (PDMA_USART_G2) Features
          2. 10.3.1.1.2 Peripheral DMA (PDMA) Ports
        2. 10.3.1.2 PDMA Functional Description
          1. 10.3.1.2.1 PDMA Functional Blocks
            1. 10.3.1.2.1.1 Scheduler
            2. 10.3.1.2.1.2 Tx Per-Channel Buffers (TCP FIFO)
            3. 10.3.1.2.1.3 Tx DMA Unit (Tx Engine)
            4. 10.3.1.2.1.4 Rx Per-Channel Buffers (RCP FIFO)
            5. 10.3.1.2.1.5 Rx DMA Unit (Rx Engine)
          2. 10.3.1.2.2 PDMA General Functionality
            1. 10.3.1.2.2.1 Operational States
            2. 10.3.1.2.2.2 Clock Stop
            3. 10.3.1.2.2.3 Emulation Control
          3. 10.3.1.2.3 PDMA Events and Flow Control
            1. 10.3.1.2.3.1 Channel Types
              1. 10.3.1.2.3.1.1 X-Y FIFO Mode
              2. 10.3.1.2.3.1.2 MCAN Mode
              3. 10.3.1.2.3.1.3 AASRC Mode
            2. 10.3.1.2.3.2 Channel Triggering
            3. 10.3.1.2.3.3 Completion Events
          4. 10.3.1.2.4 PDMA Transmit Operation
            1. 10.3.1.2.4.1 Destination (Tx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.2.4.2 Destination (Tx) Channel Out-of-Band Signals
            3. 10.3.1.2.4.3 Destination Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.2.4.3.1 PSI-L Destination Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.2.4.3.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.2.4.3.3 PSI-L Destination Thread Enables
            4. 10.3.1.2.4.4 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.2.4.4.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.2.4.4.1.1 X-Y FIFO Burst Mode
              2. 10.3.1.2.4.4.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.2.4.4.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.2.4.4.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            5. 10.3.1.2.4.5 Tx Pause
            6. 10.3.1.2.4.6 Tx Teardown
            7. 10.3.1.2.4.7 Tx Channel Reset
            8. 10.3.1.2.4.8 Tx Debug/State Registers
          5. 10.3.1.2.5 PDMA Receive Operation
            1. 10.3.1.2.5.1 Source (Rx) Channel Allocation
            2. 10.3.1.2.5.2 Source Channel Initialization
              1. 10.3.1.2.5.2.1 PSI-L Source Thread Pairing
              2. 10.3.1.2.5.2.2 Static Transfer Request Setup
              3. 10.3.1.2.5.2.3 PSI-L Source Thread Enables
            3. 10.3.1.2.5.3 Data Transfer
              1. 10.3.1.2.5.3.1 X-Y FIFO Mode Channel
              2. 10.3.1.2.5.3.2 MCAN Mode Channel
                1. 10.3.1.2.5.3.2.1 MCAN Burst Mode
              3. 10.3.1.2.5.3.3 AASRC Mode Channel
            4. 10.3.1.2.5.4 Rx Pause
            5. 10.3.1.2.5.5 Rx Teardown
            6. 10.3.1.2.5.6 Rx Channel Reset
            7. 10.3.1.2.5.7 Rx Debug/State Register
          6. 10.3.1.2.6 PDMA ECC Support
        3. 10.3.1.3 PDMA Registers
          1. 10.3.1.3.1 PDMA PSI-L RX Configuration Registers
          2. 10.3.1.3.2 PDMA PSI-L TX Configuration Registers
      2. 10.3.2 PDMA Sources
        1. 10.3.2.1 MCU Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.1.1 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G0 Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.1.2 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G1 Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.1.3 MCU_PDMA_MISC_G2 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.1.4 MCU_PDMA_ADC Event Map
        2. 10.3.2.2 MAIN Domain PDMA Event Maps
          1. 10.3.2.2.1 PDMA_MCAN Event Map
          2. 10.3.2.2.2 PDMA_MCASP_G0 Event Map
          3. 10.3.2.2.3 PDMA_SPI_G0 Event Map
          4. 10.3.2.2.4 PDMA_SPI_G1 Event Map
          5. 10.3.2.2.5 PDMA_USART_G0 Event Map
          6. 10.3.2.2.6 PDMA_USART_G1 Event Map
          7. 10.3.2.2.7 PDMA_USART_G2 Event Map
    4. 10.4 Data Routing Unit (DRU)
      1. 10.4.1 DRU Overview
        1. 10.4.1.1 Data Routing Unit (DRU) Ports
      2. 10.4.2 DRU Integration
      3. 10.4.3 DRU Functional Description
        1. 10.4.3.1 DRU Basic Functionality
          1. 10.4.3.1.1 Queues
          2. 10.4.3.1.2 Channel Configuration
            1. 10.4.3.1.2.1 Non-realtime Channel Configuration
            2. 10.4.3.1.2.2 Realtime Channel Configuration
          3. 10.4.3.1.3 TR Submission
            1. 10.4.3.1.3.1 Direct TR Submission
            2. 10.4.3.1.3.2 PSI-L TR Submission
          4. 10.4.3.1.4 TR Removal from Channel
          5. 10.4.3.1.5 Channel Tear Down
            1. 10.4.3.1.5.1 Tear Down Completion
        2. 10.4.3.2 DRU Virtualization
        3. 10.4.3.3 DRU Compression and Decompression
        4. 10.4.3.4 DRU Output Events
        5. 10.4.3.5 DRU Address Fetch Algorithm, TR and CR Formats
          1. 10.4.3.5.1 Transpose
          2. 10.4.3.5.2 Circular Buffering
        6. 10.4.3.6 DRU Firewalls
        7. 10.4.3.7 DRU Errors
        8. 10.4.3.8 DRU Configurations
  13. 11Time Sync
    1. 11.1 Time Sync Module (CPTS)
      1. 11.1.1 CPTS Overview
        1. 11.1.1.1 CPTS Features
        2. 11.1.1.2 CPTS Not Supported Features
      2. 11.1.2 CPTS Functional Description
        1. 11.1.2.1  CPTS Architecture
        2. 11.1.2.2  CPTS Initialization
        3. 11.1.2.3  32-bit Time Stamp Value
        4. 11.1.2.4  64-bit Time Stamp Value
          1. 11.1.2.4.1 64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
          2. 11.1.2.4.2 64-bit Timestamp PPM
        5. 11.1.2.5  Event FIFO
        6. 11.1.2.6  Timestamp Compare Output
          1. 11.1.2.6.1 Non-Toggle Mode
          2. 11.1.2.6.2 Toggle Mode
        7. 11.1.2.7  Timestamp Sync Output
        8. 11.1.2.8  Timestamp GENF Output
          1. 11.1.2.8.1 GENFn Nudge
          2. 11.1.2.8.2 GENFn PPM
        9. 11.1.2.9  Time Sync Events
          1. 11.1.2.9.1 Time Stamp Push Event
          2. 11.1.2.9.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          3. 11.1.2.9.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
          4. 11.1.2.9.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
        10. 11.1.2.10 Timestamp Compare Event
        11. 11.1.2.11 CPTS Interrupt Handling
    2. 11.2 Timer Manager
      1. 11.2.1 Timer Manager Overview
        1. 11.2.1.1 Timer Manager Features
        2. 11.2.1.2 Timer Manager Not Supported Features
      2. 11.2.2 Timer Manager Functional Description
        1. 11.2.2.1 Timer Manager Function Overview
        2. 11.2.2.2 Timer Counter
          1. 11.2.2.2.1 Timer Counter Rollover
        3. 11.2.2.3 Timer Control Module (FSM)
        4. 11.2.2.4 Timer Reprogramming
        5. 11.2.2.5 Event FIFO
        6. 11.2.2.6 Output Event Lookup (OES RAM)
      3. 11.2.3 Timer Manager Programming Guide
        1. 11.2.3.1 Timer Manager Low-level Programming Models
          1. 11.2.3.1.1 Initialization Sequence
          2. 11.2.3.1.2 Real-time Operating Requirements
            1. 11.2.3.1.2.1 Timer Touch
            2. 11.2.3.1.2.2 Timer Disable
            3. 11.2.3.1.2.3 Timer Enable
          3. 11.2.3.1.3 Power Up/Power Down Sequence
    3. 11.3 Time Sync and Compare Events
      1. 11.3.1 Time Sync Architecture
        1. 11.3.1.1 Time Sync Architecture Overview
      2. 11.3.2 Time Sync Routers
        1. 11.3.2.1 Time Sync Routers Overview
      3. 11.3.3 Time Sync Event Sources
  14. 12Peripherals
    1. 12.1  General Connectivity Peripherals
      1. 12.1.1 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
        1. 12.1.1.1 ADC Overview
          1. 12.1.1.1.1 ADC Features
          2. 12.1.1.1.2 ADC Not Supported Features
          3. 12.1.1.1.3 ADC Ports
        2. 12.1.1.2 ADC Environment
        3. 12.1.1.3 ADC Functional Description
          1. 12.1.1.3.1 ADC FSM Sequencer Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.3.1.1 Step Enable
            2. 12.1.1.3.1.2 Step Configuration
              1. 12.1.1.3.1.2.1 One-Shot (Single) or Continuous Mode
              2. 12.1.1.3.1.2.2 Software- or Hardware-Enabled Steps
              3. 12.1.1.3.1.2.3 Averaging of Samples
              4. 12.1.1.3.1.2.4 Analog Multiplexer Input Select
              5. 12.1.1.3.1.2.5 Differential Control
              6. 12.1.1.3.1.2.6 FIFO Select
              7. 12.1.1.3.1.2.7 Range Check Interrupt Enable
            3. 12.1.1.3.1.3 Open Delay and Sample Delay
              1. 12.1.1.3.1.3.1 Open Delay
              2. 12.1.1.3.1.3.2 Sample Delay
            4. 12.1.1.3.1.4 Interrupts
            5. 12.1.1.3.1.5 Power Management
            6. 12.1.1.3.1.6 DMA Requests
          2. 12.1.1.3.2 ADC AFE Functional Description
            1. 12.1.1.3.2.1 AFE Functional Block Diagram
          3. 12.1.1.3.3 ADC FIFOs and DMA
            1. 12.1.1.3.3.1 FIFOs
            2. 12.1.1.3.3.2 DMA
          4. 12.1.1.3.4 ADC Error Correcting Code (ECC)
            1. 12.1.1.3.4.1 Testing ECC Error Injection
          5. 12.1.1.3.5 ADC Functional Debug Mode
        4. 12.1.1.4 ADC Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.1.4.1 ADC Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.1.4.1.1 During Operation
      2. 12.1.2 General-Purpose Interface (GPIO)
        1. 12.1.2.1 GPIO Overview
          1. 12.1.2.1.1 GPIO Features
          2. 12.1.2.1.2 GPIO Not Supported Features
          3. 12.1.2.1.3 GPIO Ports
        2. 12.1.2.2 GPIO Environment
        3. 12.1.2.3 GPIO Functional Description
          1. 12.1.2.3.1 GPIO Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.2.3.2 GPIO Function
          3. 12.1.2.3.3 GPIO Interrupt and Event Generation
            1. 12.1.2.3.3.1 Interrupt Enable (per Bank)
            2. 12.1.2.3.3.2 Trigger Configuration (per Bit)
            3. 12.1.2.3.3.3 Interrupt Status and Clear (per Bit)
          4. 12.1.2.3.4 GPIO Emulation Halt Operation
        4. 12.1.2.4 GPIO Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.2.4.1 GPIO Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.2.4.1.1 GPIO Operational Modes Configuration
              1. 12.1.2.4.1.1.1 GPIO Read Input Register
              2. 12.1.2.4.1.1.2 GPIO Set Bit Function
              3. 12.1.2.4.1.1.3 GPIO Clear Bit Function
      3. 12.1.3 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface
        1. 12.1.3.1 I2C Overview
          1. 12.1.3.1.1 I2C Features
          2. 12.1.3.1.2 I2C Not Supported Features
          3. 12.1.3.1.3 I2C Ports
        2. 12.1.3.2 I2C Environment
          1. 12.1.3.2.1 I2C Typical Application
          2. 12.1.3.2.2 I2C Typical Connection Protocol and Data Format
            1. 12.1.3.2.2.1  I2C Serial Data Format
            2. 12.1.3.2.2.2  I2C Data Validity
            3. 12.1.3.2.2.3  I2C Start and Stop Conditions
            4. 12.1.3.2.2.4  I2C Addressing
              1. 12.1.3.2.2.4.1 Data Transfer Formats in F/S Mode
              2. 12.1.3.2.2.4.2 Data Transfer Format in HS Mode
            5. 12.1.3.2.2.5  I2C Controller Transmitter
            6. 12.1.3.2.2.6  I2C Controller Receiver
            7. 12.1.3.2.2.7  I2C Target Transmitter
            8. 12.1.3.2.2.8  I2C Target Receiver
            9. 12.1.3.2.2.9  I2C Bus Arbitration
            10. 12.1.3.2.2.10 I2C Clock Generation and Synchronization
        3. 12.1.3.3 I2C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.3.3.1 I2C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.3.3.2 I2C Clocks
            1. 12.1.3.3.2.1 I2C Clocking
            2. 12.1.3.3.2.2 I2C Automatic Blocking of the I2C Clock Feature
          3. 12.1.3.3.3 I2C Software Reset
          4. 12.1.3.3.4 I2C Power Management
          5. 12.1.3.3.5 I2C Interrupt Requests
          6. 12.1.3.3.6 I2C Programmable Multitarget Channel Feature
          7. 12.1.3.3.7 I2C FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.3.3.7.1 I2C FIFO Interrupt Mode
            2. 12.1.3.3.7.2 I2C FIFO Polling Mode
            3. 12.1.3.3.7.3 I2C Draining Feature
          8. 12.1.3.3.8 I2C Noise Filter
          9. 12.1.3.3.9 I2C System Test Mode
        4. 12.1.3.4 I2C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.3.4.1 I2C Low-Level Programming Models
            1. 12.1.3.4.1.1 I2C Programming Model
              1. 12.1.3.4.1.1.1 Main Program
                1. 12.1.3.4.1.1.1.1 Configure the Module Before Enabling the I2C Controller
                2. 12.1.3.4.1.1.1.2 Initialize the I2C Controller
                3. 12.1.3.4.1.1.1.3 Configure Target Address and the Data Control Register
                4. 12.1.3.4.1.1.1.4 Initiate a Transfer
                5. 12.1.3.4.1.1.1.5 Receive Data
                6. 12.1.3.4.1.1.1.6 Transmit Data
              2. 12.1.3.4.1.1.2 Interrupt Subroutine Sequence
              3. 12.1.3.4.1.1.3 Programming Flow-Diagrams
      4. 12.1.4 Improved Inter-Integrated Circuit (I3C) Interface
        1. 12.1.4.1 I3C Overview
          1. 12.1.4.1.1 I3C Features
          2. 12.1.4.1.2 I3C Not Supported Features
          3. 12.1.4.1.3 I3C Ports
        2. 12.1.4.2 I3C Environment
        3. 12.1.4.3 I3C Functional Description
          1. 12.1.4.3.1  I3C Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.4.3.2  I3C Clock Configuration
            1. 12.1.4.3.2.1 Setting Base Frequencies
            2. 12.1.4.3.2.2 Asymmetric Push-Pull SCL Timing
            3. 12.1.4.3.2.3 Open-Drain SCL Timing
            4. 12.1.4.3.2.4 Changing Programmed Frequencies
          3. 12.1.4.3.3  I3C Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.1.4.3.4  I3C Power Configuration
          5. 12.1.4.3.5  I3C Dynamic Address Management
          6. 12.1.4.3.6  I3C Retaining Registers Space
          7. 12.1.4.3.7  I3C Dynamic Address Assignment Procedure
          8. 12.1.4.3.8  I3C Sending CCC Messages
          9. 12.1.4.3.9  I3C In-Band Interrupt
            1. 12.1.4.3.9.1 Regular I3C Slave In-Band Interrupt
            2. 12.1.4.3.9.2 Current Master Takeover In-Band Interrupt
          10. 12.1.4.3.10 I3C Hot-Join Request
          11. 12.1.4.3.11 I3C Immediate Commands
          12. 12.1.4.3.12 I3C Host Commands
          13. 12.1.4.3.13 I3C Sending Private Data in SDR Messages
            1. 12.1.4.3.13.1 SDR Private Write Message
            2. 12.1.4.3.13.2 SDR Private Read Message
            3. 12.1.4.3.13.3 SDR Payload Length Adjustment
        4. 12.1.4.4 I3C Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.4.4.1 I3C Power-On Programming Model
          2. 12.1.4.4.2 I3C Static Devices Programming
          3. 12.1.4.4.3 I3C DAA Procedure Initiation
          4. 12.1.4.4.4 I3C SDR Write Message Programming Model
          5. 12.1.4.4.5 I3C SDR Read Message Programming Model
          6. 12.1.4.4.6 I3C DDR Write Message Programming Model
          7. 12.1.4.4.7 I3C DDR Read Message Programming Model
      5. 12.1.5 Multichannel Serial Peripheral Interface (MCSPI)
        1. 12.1.5.1 MCSPI Overview
          1. 12.1.5.1.1 SPI Features
          2. 12.1.5.1.2 MCSPI Not Supported Features
          3. 12.1.5.1.3 MCSPI Ports
        2. 12.1.5.2 MCSPI Environment
        3. 12.1.5.3 MCSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.1.5.3.1 SPI Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.5.3.2 MCSPI Reset
          3. 12.1.5.3.3 MCSPI Controller Mode
            1. 12.1.5.3.3.1 Controller Mode Features
            2. 12.1.5.3.3.2 Controller Transmit-and-Receive Mode (Full Duplex)
            3. 12.1.5.3.3.3 Controller Transmit-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            4. 12.1.5.3.3.4 Controller Receive-Only Mode (Half Duplex)
            5. 12.1.5.3.3.5 Single-Channel Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.3.3.5.1 Programming Tips When Switching to Another Channel
              2. 12.1.5.3.3.5.2 Force SPIEN[i] Mode
              3. 12.1.5.3.3.5.3 Turbo Mode
            6. 12.1.5.3.3.6 Start-Bit Mode
            7. 12.1.5.3.3.7 Chip-Select Timing Control
            8. 12.1.5.3.3.8 Programmable MCSPI Clock (SPICLK)
              1. 12.1.5.3.3.8.1 Clock Ratio Granularity
          4. 12.1.5.3.4 MCSPI Peripheral Mode
            1. 12.1.5.3.4.1 Dedicated Resources
            2. 12.1.5.3.4.2 Peripheral Transmit-and-Receive Mode
            3. 12.1.5.3.4.3 Peripheral Transmit-Only Mode
            4. 12.1.5.3.4.4 Peripheral Receive-Only Mode
          5. 12.1.5.3.5 MCSPI 3-Pin or 4-Pin Mode
          6. 12.1.5.3.6 MCSPI FIFO Buffer Management
            1. 12.1.5.3.6.1 Buffer Almost Full
            2. 12.1.5.3.6.2 Buffer Almost Empty
            3. 12.1.5.3.6.3 End of Transfer Management
            4. 12.1.5.3.6.4 Multiple MCSPI Word Access
            5. 12.1.5.3.6.5 First MCSPI Word Delay
          7. 12.1.5.3.7 MCSPI Interrupts
            1. 12.1.5.3.7.1 Interrupt Events in Controller Mode
              1. 12.1.5.3.7.1.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.3.7.1.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.3.7.1.3 RXx_ FULL
              4. 12.1.5.3.7.1.4 End Of Word Count
            2. 12.1.5.3.7.2 Interrupt Events in Peripheral Mode
              1. 12.1.5.3.7.2.1 TXx_EMPTY
              2. 12.1.5.3.7.2.2 TXx_UNDERFLOW
              3. 12.1.5.3.7.2.3 RXx_FULL
              4. 12.1.5.3.7.2.4 RX0_OVERFLOW
              5. 12.1.5.3.7.2.5 End Of Word Count
            3. 12.1.5.3.7.3 Interrupt-Driven Operation
            4. 12.1.5.3.7.4 Polling
          8. 12.1.5.3.8 MCSPI DMA Requests
          9. 12.1.5.3.9 MCSPI Power Saving Management
            1. 12.1.5.3.9.1 Normal Mode
            2. 12.1.5.3.9.2 Idle Mode
              1. 12.1.5.3.9.2.1 Force-Idle Mode
        4. 12.1.5.4 MCSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.5.4.1 MCSPI Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.1.5.4.1.1 MCSPI Operational Modes
              1. 12.1.5.4.1.1.1 Common Transfer Sequence
              2. 12.1.5.4.1.1.2 End of Transfer Sequences
              3. 12.1.5.4.1.1.3 Transmit-and-Receive (Controller and Peripheral)
              4. 12.1.5.4.1.1.4 Transmit-Only (Controller and Peripheral)
                1. 12.1.5.4.1.1.4.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.4.1.1.4.2 Based on DMA Write Requests
              5. 12.1.5.4.1.1.5 Controller Normal Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.4.1.1.5.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.4.1.1.5.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              6. 12.1.5.4.1.1.6 Controller Turbo Receive-Only
                1. 12.1.5.4.1.1.6.1 Based on Interrupt Requests
                2. 12.1.5.4.1.1.6.2 Based on DMA Read Requests
              7. 12.1.5.4.1.1.7 Peripheral Receive-Only
              8. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8 Transfer Procedures With FIFO
                1. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8.1 Common Transfer Sequence in FIFO Mode
                2. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8.2 End of Transfer Sequences in FIFO Mode
                3. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8.3 Transmit-and-Receive With Word Count
                4. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8.4 Transmit-and-Receive Without Word Count
                5. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8.5 Transmit-Only
                6. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8.6 Receive-Only With Word Count
                7. 12.1.5.4.1.1.8.7 Receive-Only Without Word Count
              9. 12.1.5.4.1.1.9 Common Transfer Procedures Without FIFO – Polling Method
                1. 12.1.5.4.1.1.9.1 Receive-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                2. 12.1.5.4.1.1.9.2 Receive-Only Procedure – Interrupt Method
                3. 12.1.5.4.1.1.9.3 Transmit-Only Procedure – Polling Method
                4. 12.1.5.4.1.1.9.4 Transmit-and-Receive Procedure – Polling Method
      6. 12.1.6 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
        1. 12.1.6.1 UART Overview
          1. 12.1.6.1.1 UART Features
          2. 12.1.6.1.2 IrDA Features
          3. 12.1.6.1.3 CIR Features
          4. 12.1.6.1.4 UART Not Supported Features
          5. 12.1.6.1.5 UART Ports
        2. 12.1.6.2 UART Environment
        3. 12.1.6.3 UART Functional Description
          1. 12.1.6.3.1 UART Block Diagram
          2. 12.1.6.3.2 UART Clock Configuration
          3. 12.1.6.3.3 UART Software Reset
            1. 12.1.6.3.3.1 Independent TX/RX
          4. 12.1.6.3.4 UART Power Management
            1. 12.1.6.3.4.1 UART Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.3.4.1.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.3.4.1.2 System Power Saving
            2. 12.1.6.3.4.2 IrDA Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.3.4.2.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.3.4.2.2 System Power Saving
            3. 12.1.6.3.4.3 CIR Mode Power Management
              1. 12.1.6.3.4.3.1 Module Power Saving
              2. 12.1.6.3.4.3.2 System Power Saving
            4. 12.1.6.3.4.4 Local Power Management
          5. 12.1.6.3.5 UART Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.1.6.3.5.1 UART Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.3.5.1.1 UART Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.3.5.1.2 Wake-Up Interrupt
            2. 12.1.6.3.5.2 IrDA Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.3.5.2.1 IrDA Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.3.5.2.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
            3. 12.1.6.3.5.3 CIR Mode Interrupt Management
              1. 12.1.6.3.5.3.1 CIR Interrupts
              2. 12.1.6.3.5.3.2 Wake-Up Interrupts
          6. 12.1.6.3.6 UART FIFO Management
            1. 12.1.6.3.6.1 FIFO Trigger
              1. 12.1.6.3.6.1.1 Transmit FIFO Trigger
              2. 12.1.6.3.6.1.2 Receive FIFO Trigger
            2. 12.1.6.3.6.2 FIFO Interrupt Mode
            3. 12.1.6.3.6.3 FIFO Polled Mode Operation
            4. 12.1.6.3.6.4 FIFO DMA Mode Operation
              1. 12.1.6.3.6.4.1 DMA sequence to disable TX DMA
              2. 12.1.6.3.6.4.2 DMA Transfers (DMA Mode 1, 2, or 3)
              3. 12.1.6.3.6.4.3 DMA Transmission
              4. 12.1.6.3.6.4.4 DMA Reception
          7. 12.1.6.3.7 UART Mode Selection
            1. 12.1.6.3.7.1 Register Access Modes
              1. 12.1.6.3.7.1.1 Operational Mode and Configuration Modes
              2. 12.1.6.3.7.1.2 Register Access Submode
              3. 12.1.6.3.7.1.3 Registers Available for the Register Access Modes
            2. 12.1.6.3.7.2 UART/RS-485/IrDA (SIR, MIR, FIR)/CIR Mode Selection
              1. 12.1.6.3.7.2.1 Registers Available for the UART Function
              2. 12.1.6.3.7.2.2 Registers Available for the IrDA Function
              3. 12.1.6.3.7.2.3 Registers Available for the CIR Function
          8. 12.1.6.3.8 UART Protocol Formatting
            1. 12.1.6.3.8.1 UART Mode
              1. 12.1.6.3.8.1.1 UART Clock Generation: Baud Rate Generation
              2. 12.1.6.3.8.1.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3 UART Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3.1 Frame Formatting
                2. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3.2 Hardware Flow Control
                3. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3.3 Software Flow Control
                  1. 1.6.3.8.1.3.3.1 Receive (RX)
                  2. 1.6.3.8.1.3.3.2 Transmit (TX)
                4. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3.4 Autobauding Modes
                5. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3.5 Error Detection
                6. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3.6 Overrun During Receive
                7. 12.1.6.3.8.1.3.7 Time-Out and Break Conditions
                  1. 1.6.3.8.1.3.7.1 Time-Out Counter
                  2. 1.6.3.8.1.3.7.2 Break Condition
            2. 12.1.6.3.8.2 RS-485 Mode
              1. 12.1.6.3.8.2.1 RS-485 External Transceiver Direction Control
            3. 12.1.6.3.8.3 IrDA Mode
              1. 12.1.6.3.8.3.1 IrDA Clock Generation: Baud Generator
              2. 12.1.6.3.8.3.2 Choosing the Appropriate Divisor Value
              3. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3 IrDA Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.1  IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.2  IrDA Reception Control
                3. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.3  IR Address Checking
                4. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.4  Frame Closing
                5. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.5  Store and Controlled Transmission
                6. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.6  Error Detection
                7. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.7  Underrun During Transmission
                8. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.8  Overrun During Receive
                9. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.9  Status FIFO
                10. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.10 Multi-drop Parity Mode with Address Match
                11. 12.1.6.3.8.3.3.11 Time-guard
              4. 12.1.6.3.8.3.4 SIR Mode Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.3.8.3.4.1 Abort Sequence
                2. 12.1.6.3.8.3.4.2 Pulse Shaping
                3. 12.1.6.3.8.3.4.3 SIR Free Format Programming
              5. 12.1.6.3.8.3.5 MIR and FIR Mode Data Formatting
            4. 12.1.6.3.8.4 CIR Mode
              1. 12.1.6.3.8.4.1 CIR Mode Clock Generation
              2. 12.1.6.3.8.4.2 CIR Data Formatting
                1. 12.1.6.3.8.4.2.1 IR RX Polarity Control
                2. 12.1.6.3.8.4.2.2 CIR Transmission
                3. 12.1.6.3.8.4.2.3 CIR Reception
        4. 12.1.6.4 UART Programming Guide
          1. 12.1.6.4.1 UART Mode selection
          2. 12.1.6.4.2 UART Submode selection
          3. 12.1.6.4.3 UART Load FIFO trigger and DMA mode settings
            1. 12.1.6.4.3.1 DMA mode Settings
            2. 12.1.6.4.3.2 FIFO Trigger Settings
          4. 12.1.6.4.4 UART Protocol, Baud rate and interrupt settings
            1. 12.1.6.4.4.1 Baud rate settings
            2. 12.1.6.4.4.2 Interrupt settings
            3. 12.1.6.4.4.3 Protocol settings
            4. 12.1.6.4.4.4 UART/RS-485/IrDA(SIR/MIR/FIR)/CIR
            5. 12.1.6.4.4.5 UART Multi-drop Parity Address Match Mode Configuration
          5. 12.1.6.4.5 UART Hardware and Software Flow Control Configuration
            1. 12.1.6.4.5.1 Hardware Flow Control Configuration
            2. 12.1.6.4.5.2 Software Flow Control Configuration
          6. 12.1.6.4.6 IrDA Programming Model
            1. 12.1.6.4.6.1 SIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.1.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.1.2 Transmit
            2. 12.1.6.4.6.2 MIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.2.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.2.2 Transmit
            3. 12.1.6.4.6.3 FIR mode
              1. 12.1.6.4.6.3.1 Receive
              2. 12.1.6.4.6.3.2 Transmit
    2. 12.2  High-speed Serial Interfaces
      1. 12.2.1 Gigabit Ethernet MAC (CPSW)
        1. 12.2.1.1 MCU_CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.1.1.1 CPSW Features
          2. 12.2.1.1.2 MCU_CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.1.1.3 Terminology
          4. 12.2.1.1.4 MCU_CPSW0 Ports
        2. 12.2.1.2 CPSW Functional Description
          1. 12.2.1.2.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.1.2.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.1.2.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.1.2.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.1.2.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.1.2.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.1.2.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.1.2.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.1.2.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.1.2.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.1.2.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.1.2.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.1.2.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.1.2.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.1.2.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.1.2.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.1.2.6 CPSW_2G
            1. 12.2.1.2.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.1.2.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.1.2.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.1.2.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.1.2.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.1.6.1 Basics of 2-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.1.2.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.1.2.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9.1 Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9.2 Multicast Address Table Entry
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9.3 VLAN/Multicast Address Table Entry
                4. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9.4 Unicast Address Table Entry
                5. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9.5 OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9.6 VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry
                7. 12.2.1.2.6.1.9.7 VLAN Table Entry
              10. 12.2.1.2.6.1.10 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.1.10.1 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.1.2.6.1.10.1.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              11. 12.2.1.2.6.1.11 DSCP
              12. 12.2.1.2.6.1.12 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.1.12.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.1.12.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.1.12.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.1.2.6.1.12.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.1.2.6.1.12.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.1.2.6.1.12.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.1.2.6.1.12.4.3 Touching Process
              13. 12.2.1.2.6.1.13 VLAN Aware Mode
              14. 12.2.1.2.6.1.14 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.1.2.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.1.2.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.1.2.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.1.2.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.1.2.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.1.2.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.1.2.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.1.2.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.1.2.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.1.2.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.1.2.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.1.2.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.1.2.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.1.2.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
              7. 12.2.1.2.6.8.7 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packets Per Priority
            9. 12.2.1.2.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.1.2.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.1.2.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.10.1  CRC Insertion
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.10.2  MTXER
              3. 12.2.1.2.6.10.3  Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
              4. 12.2.1.2.6.10.4  Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
              5. 12.2.1.2.6.10.5  Back Off
              6. 12.2.1.2.6.10.6  Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
              7. 12.2.1.2.6.10.7  Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              8. 12.2.1.2.6.10.8  RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.10.8.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.10.8.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.10.8.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              9. 12.2.1.2.6.10.9  RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.10.9.1 Features
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.10.9.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.10.9.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.1.2.6.10.9.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.1.2.6.10.9.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              10. 12.2.1.2.6.10.10 Frame Classification
              11. 12.2.1.2.6.10.11 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.1.2.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.1.2.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.1.2.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.1.2.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.13.2 Flow Control Trigger
              3. 12.2.1.2.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.1.2.6.14 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            15. 12.2.1.2.6.15 Ethernet Switch Latency
            16. 12.2.1.2.6.16 MAC Emulation Control
            17. 12.2.1.2.6.17 MAC Command IDLE
            18. 12.2.1.2.6.18 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1  Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A200h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A204h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A208h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A20Ch - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A210h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A214h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A218h - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A21Ch - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h- Port 0 or Offset = 3A220h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A224h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.11 RX IPG Error (Offset = 3A25Ch - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A228h - Port 1)
                13. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A22Ch - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A230h - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A284h - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A288h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A28Ch - Port 1)
                18. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A290h - Port 1)
                19. 12.2.1.2.6.18.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A294h - Port 1)
                  1. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A298h - Port 1)
                  2. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A29Ch - Port 1)
                  3. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A0h - Port 1)
                  4. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A4h - Port 1)
                  5. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2A8h - Port 1)
                  6. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2ACh - Port 1)
                  7. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B0h - Port 1)
                  8. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B4h - Port 1)
                  9. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2B8h - Port 1)
                  10. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2BCh - Port 1)
                  11. 2.1.2.6.18.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C0h - Port 1)
              2. 12.2.1.2.6.18.2  ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C4h - Port 1)
              3. 12.2.1.2.6.18.3  ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A2C8h - Port 1)
              4. 12.2.1.2.6.18.4  IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A340h - Port 1)
              5. 12.2.1.2.6.18.5  IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A344h - Port 1)
              6. 12.2.1.2.6.18.6  IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A348h - Port 1)
              7. 12.2.1.2.6.18.7  IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A34Ch - Port 1)
              8. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8  Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A234h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A238h - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A23Ch - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A240h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A244h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A248h - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A24Ch - Port 1)
                8. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A250h - Port 1)
                9. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A254h - Port 1)
                10. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A258h - Port 1)
                11. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A260h - Port 1)
                12. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A264h - Port 1 )
                13. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A380h to 3A3A8h - Port 1)
                14. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A3C0h to 3A3E8 - Port 1)
                15. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A37Ch - Port 1)
                16. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A350h - Port 1)
                17. 12.2.1.2.6.18.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A154h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A354h - Port 1)
              9. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9  Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A268h - Port 1)
                2. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A26Ch - Port 1)
                3. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A270h - Port 1)
                4. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A274h - Port 1)
                5. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A278h - Port 1)
                6. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch - Port 0 or Offset = 3A27Ch - Port 1)
                7. 12.2.1.2.6.18.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h - Port 0 or Offset = 3A280h - Port 1)
              10. 12.2.1.2.6.18.10 2373
          7. 12.2.1.2.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.1.2.7.1  MCU_CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.1.2.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.1.2.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.1.2.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.1.2.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.1.2.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.1.2.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.1.2.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.1.2.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.1.2.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.1.2.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.1.2.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.1.2.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.1.2.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.1.2.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.1.2.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.1.2.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.1.2.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.1.2.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.1.2.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.1.2.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.1.2.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.1.2.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.1.2.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.1.2.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.1.2.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
            14. 12.2.1.2.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.1.2.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.1.2.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.1.2.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.1.2.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.1.2.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.1.2.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Egress)
            2. 12.2.1.2.8.2 Port 0 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_2G Ingress)
            3. 12.2.1.2.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.1.2.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.1.2.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.1.2.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.1.2.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.1.2.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.1.2.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.1.2.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.1.2.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.1.2.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.1.2.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        3. 12.2.1.3 CPSW Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.1.3.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.1.3.2 CPSW Reset
          3. 12.2.1.3.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.1.3.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.1.3.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.1.3.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
      2. 12.2.2 Gigabit Ethernet Switch (CPSW0)
        1. 12.2.2.1 CPSW0 Overview
          1. 12.2.2.1.1 CPSW0 Features
          2. 12.2.2.1.2 CPSW0 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.2.1.3 Terminology
          4. 12.2.2.1.4 CPSW Ports
        2. 12.2.2.2 CPSW0 Environment
          1. 12.2.2.2.1 CPSW0 RMII Interface
          2. 12.2.2.2.2 CPSW0 RGMII Interface
        3. 12.2.2.3 CPSW0 Functional Description
          1. 12.2.2.3.1 Functional Block Diagram
          2. 12.2.2.3.2 CPSW Ports
            1. 12.2.2.3.2.1 Interface Mode Selection
          3. 12.2.2.3.3 Clocking
            1. 12.2.2.3.3.1 Subsystem Clocking
            2. 12.2.2.3.3.2 Interface Clocking
              1. 12.2.2.3.3.2.1 RGMII Interface Clocking
              2. 12.2.2.3.3.2.2 RMII Interface Clocking
              3. 12.2.2.3.3.2.3 MDIO Clocking
          4. 12.2.2.3.4 Software IDLE
          5. 12.2.2.3.5 Interrupt Functionality
            1. 12.2.2.3.5.1 EVNT_PEND Interrupt
            2. 12.2.2.3.5.2 Statistics Interrupt (STAT_PEND0)
            3. 12.2.2.3.5.3 ECC DED Level Interrupt (ECC_DED_INT)
            4. 12.2.2.3.5.4 ECC SEC Level Interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT)
            5. 12.2.2.3.5.5 MDIO Interrupts
          6. 12.2.2.3.6 CPSW_9G
            1. 12.2.2.3.6.1  Address Lookup Engine (ALE)
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.1.1  Error Handling
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.1.2  Bypass Operations
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.1.3  OUI Deny or Accept
              4. 12.2.2.3.6.1.4  Statistics Counting
              5. 12.2.2.3.6.1.5  Automotive Security Features
              6. 12.2.2.3.6.1.6  CPSW Switching Solutions
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.1.6.1 Basics of 5-port Switch Type
              7. 12.2.2.3.6.1.7  VLAN Routing and OAM Operations
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.1.7.1 InterVLAN Routing
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.1.7.2 OAM Operations
              8. 12.2.2.3.6.1.8  Supervisory packets
              9. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9  Address Table Entry
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.1  Free Table Entry
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.2  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.3  Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                4. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.4  VLAN Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                5. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.5  OUI Unicast Address Table Entry
                6. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.6  VLAN/Unicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 0)
                7. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.7  VLAN/ Multicast Address Table Entry (Bit 40 == 1)
                8. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.8  Inner VLAN Table Entry
                9. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.9  Outer VLAN Table Entry
                10. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.10 EtherType Table Entry
                11. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.11 IPv4 Table Entry
                12. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.12 IPv6 Table Entry High
                13. 12.2.2.3.6.1.9.13 IPv6 Table Entry Low
              10. 12.2.2.3.6.1.10 Multicast Address
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.1.10.1 Multicast Ranges
              11. 12.2.2.3.6.1.11 Supervisory Packets
              12. 12.2.2.3.6.1.12 Aging and Auto Aging
              13. 12.2.2.3.6.1.13 ALE Policing and Classification
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.1.13.1 ALE Policing
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.1.13.2 Classifier to Host Thread Mapping
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.1.13.3 ALE Classification
                  1. 2.2.3.6.1.13.3.1 Classifier to CPPI Transmit Flow ID Mapping
              14. 12.2.2.3.6.1.14 Mirroring
              15. 12.2.2.3.6.1.15 Trunking
              16. 12.2.2.3.6.1.16 DSCP
              17. 12.2.2.3.6.1.17 Packet Forwarding Processes
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.1.17.1 Ingress Filtering Process
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.1.17.2 VLAN_Aware Lookup Process
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.1.17.3 Egress Process
                4. 12.2.2.3.6.1.17.4 Learning/Updating/Touching Processes
                  1. 2.2.3.6.1.17.4.1 Learning Process
                  2. 2.2.3.6.1.17.4.2 Updating Process
                  3. 2.2.3.6.1.17.4.3 Touching Process
              18. 12.2.2.3.6.1.18 VLAN Aware Mode
              19. 12.2.2.3.6.1.19 VLAN Unaware Mode
            2. 12.2.2.3.6.2  Packet Priority Handling
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.2.1 Priority Mapping and Transmit VLAN Priority
            3. 12.2.2.3.6.3  CPPI Port Ingress
            4. 12.2.2.3.6.4  Packet CRC Handling
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.4.1 Transmit VLAN Processing
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.4.1.1 Untagged Packets (No VLAN or Priority Tag Header)
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.4.1.2 Priority Tagged Packets (VLAN VID == 0 && EN_VID0_MODE ==0h)
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.4.1.3 VLAN Tagged Packets (VLAN VID != 0 || (EN_VID0_MODE ==1h && VLAN VID ==0))
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.4.2 Ethernet Port Ingress Packet CRC
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.4.3 Ethernet Port Egress Packet CRC
              4. 12.2.2.3.6.4.4 CPPI Port Ingress Packet CRC
              5. 12.2.2.3.6.4.5 CPPI Port Egress Packet CRC
            5. 12.2.2.3.6.5  FIFO Memory Control
            6. 12.2.2.3.6.6  FIFO Transmit Queue Control
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.6.1 CPPI Port Receive Rate Limiting
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.6.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Rate Limiting
            7. 12.2.2.3.6.7  Intersperced Express Traffic (IET – P802.3br/D2.0)
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.7.1 IET Configuration
            8. 12.2.2.3.6.8  Enhanced Scheduled Traffic (EST – P802.1Qbv/D2.2)
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.8.1 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Overview
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.8.2 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch RAM
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.8.3 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Interval
              4. 12.2.2.3.6.8.4 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Fetch Values
              5. 12.2.2.3.6.8.5 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Packet Fill
              6. 12.2.2.3.6.8.6 Enhanced Scheduled Traffic Time Stamp
            9. 12.2.2.3.6.9  Audio Video Bridging
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.9.1 IEEE 802.1AS: Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks (Precision Time Protocol (PTP))
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.9.1.1 IEEE 1722: "Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                  1. 2.2.3.6.9.1.1.1 Cross-timestamping and Presentation Timestamps
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.9.1.2 IEEE 1733: Extends RTCP for RTP Streaming over AVB-supported Networks
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.9.2 IEEE 802.1Qav: "Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Forwarding and Queuing for Time-Sensitive Streams"
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.9.2.1 Configuring the Device for 802.1Qav Operation
            10. 12.2.2.3.6.10 Ethernet MAC Sliver
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.10.1  CRC Insertion
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.10.2  MTXER
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.10.3  Adaptive Performance Optimization (APO)
              4. 12.2.2.3.6.10.4  Inter-Packet-Gap Enforcement
              5. 12.2.2.3.6.10.5  Back Off
              6. 12.2.2.3.6.10.6  Programmable Transmit Inter-Packet Gap
              7. 12.2.2.3.6.10.7  Speed, Duplex and Pause Frame Support Negotiation
              8. 12.2.2.3.6.10.8  RMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.10.8.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.10.8.2 RMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.10.8.3 RMII Transmit (TX)
              9. 12.2.2.3.6.10.9  RGMII Interface
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.10.9.1 Features
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.10.9.2 RGMII Receive (RX)
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.10.9.3 In-Band Mode of Operation
                4. 12.2.2.3.6.10.9.4 Forced Mode of Operation
                5. 12.2.2.3.6.10.9.5 RGMII Transmit (TX)
              10. 12.2.2.3.6.10.10 Frame Classification
              11. 12.2.2.3.6.10.11 Receive FIFO Architecture
            11. 12.2.2.3.6.11 Embedded Memories
            12. 12.2.2.3.6.12 Memory Error Detection and Correction
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.12.1 Packet Header ECC
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.12.2 Packet Protect CRC
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.12.3 Aggregator RAM Control
            13. 12.2.2.3.6.13 Ethernet Port Flow Control
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.13.1 Ethernet Receive Flow Control
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.13.1.1 Collision Based Receive Buffer Flow Control
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.13.1.2 IEEE 802.3X Based Receive Flow Control
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.13.2 Qbb (10/100/1G/10G) Receive Priority Based Flow Control (PFC)
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.13.3 Ethernet Transmit Flow Control
            14. 12.2.2.3.6.14 PFC Trigger Rules
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.14.1 Destination Based Rule
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.14.2 Sum of Outflows Rule
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.14.3 Sum of Blocks Per Port Rule
              4. 12.2.2.3.6.14.4 Sum of Blocks Total Rule
              5. 12.2.2.3.6.14.5 Top of Receive FIFO Rule
            15. 12.2.2.3.6.15 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support (802.3az)
            16. 12.2.2.3.6.16 Ethernet Switch Latency
            17. 12.2.2.3.6.17 MAC Emulation Control
            18. 12.2.2.3.6.18 MAC Command IDLE
            19. 12.2.2.3.6.19 CPSW Network Statistics
              1. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1 Rx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.1  Good Rx Frames (Offset = 3A000h)
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.2  Broadcast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A004h)
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.3  Multicast Rx Frames (Offset = 3A008h)
                4. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.4  Pause Rx Frames (Offset = 3A00Ch)
                5. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.5  Rx CRC Errors (Offset = 3A010h)
                6. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.6  Rx Align/Code Errors (Offset = 3A014h)
                7. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.7  Oversize Rx Frames (Offset = 3A018h)
                8. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.8  Rx Jabbers (Offset = 3A01Ch)
                9. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.9  Undersize (Short) Rx Frames (Offset = 3A020h)
                10. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.10 Rx Fragments (Offset = 3A024h)
                11. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.11 RX IPG Error
                12. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.12 ALE Drop (Offset = 3A028h)
                13. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.13 ALE Overrun Drop (Offset = 3A02Ch)
                14. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.14 Rx Octets (Offset = 3A030h)
                15. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.15 Rx Bottom of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A084h)
                16. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.16 Portmask Drop (Offset = 3A088h)
                17. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.17 Rx Top of FIFO Drop (Offset = 3A08Ch)
                18. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.18 ALE Rate Limit Drop (Offset = 3A090h)
                19. 12.2.2.3.6.19.1.19 ALE VLAN Ingress Check Drop (Offset = 3A094h)
                  1. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.1  ALE DA=SA Drop (Offset = 3A098h)
                  2. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.2  Block Address Drop (Offset = 3A09Ch)
                  3. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.3  ALE Secure Drop (Offset = 3A0A0h)
                  4. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.4  ALE Authentication Drop (Offset = 3A0A4h)
                  5. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.5  ALE Unknown Unicast (Offset = 3A0A8h)
                  6. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.6  ALE Unknown Unicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0ACh)
                  7. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.7  ALE Unknown Multicast (Offset = 3A0B0h)
                  8. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.8  ALE Unknown Multicast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0B4h)
                  9. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.9  ALE Unknown Broadcast (Offset = 3A0B8h)
                  10. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.10 ALE Unknown Broadcast Bytecount (Offset = 3A0BCh)
                  11. 2.2.3.6.19.1.19.11 ALE Policer/Classifier Match (Offset = 3A0C0h)
              2. 12.2.2.3.6.19.2 ALE Policer Match Red (Offset = 3A0C4h)
              3. 12.2.2.3.6.19.3 ALE Policer Match Yellow (Offset = 3A0C8h)
              4. 12.2.2.3.6.19.4 IET Receive Assembly Error (Offset = 3A140h)
              5. 12.2.2.3.6.19.5 IET Receive Assembly OK (Offset = 3A144h)
              6. 12.2.2.3.6.19.6 IET Receive SMD Error (Offset = 3A148h)
              7. 12.2.2.3.6.19.7 IET Receive Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
              8. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8 Tx-only Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.1  Good Tx Frames (Offset = 3A034h)
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.2  Broadcast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A038h)
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.3  Multicast Tx Frames (Offset = 3A03Ch)
                4. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.4  Pause Tx Frames (Offset = 3A040h)
                5. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.5  Deferred Tx Frames (Offset = 3A044h)
                6. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.6  Collisions (Offset = 3A048h)
                7. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.7  Single Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A04Ch)
                8. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.8  Multiple Collision Tx Frames (Offset = 3A050h)
                9. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.9  Excessive Collisions (Offset = 3A054h)
                10. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.10 Late Collisions (Offset = 3A058h)
                11. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.11 Carrier Sense Errors (Offset = 3A060h)
                12. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.12 Tx Octets (Offset = 3A064h)
                13. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.13 Transmit Priority 0-7 (Offset = 3A180h to 3A1A8h)
                14. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.14 Transmit Priority 0-7 Drop (Offset = 3A1C0h to 3A1E8h)
                15. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.15 Tx Memory Protect Errors (Offset = 3A17Ch)
                16. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.16 IET Transmit Merge Fragment Count (Offset = 3A14Ch)
                17. 12.2.2.3.6.19.8.17 IET Transmit Merge Hold Count (Offset = 3A150h)
              9. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9 Rx- and Tx (Shared) Statistics Descriptions
                1. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9.1 Rx + Tx 64 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A068h)
                2. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9.2 Rx + Tx 65–127 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A06Ch)
                3. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9.3 Rx + Tx 128–255 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A070h)
                4. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9.4 Rx + Tx 256–511 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A074h)
                5. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9.5 Rx + Tx 512–1023 Octet Frames (Offset = 3A078h)
                6. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9.6 Rx + Tx 1024_Up Octet Frames (Offset = 3A07Ch)
                7. 12.2.2.3.6.19.9.7 Net Octets (Offset = 3A080h)
          7. 12.2.2.3.7 Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS)
            1. 12.2.2.3.7.1  CPSW0 CPTS Integration
            2. 12.2.2.3.7.2  CPTS Architecture
            3. 12.2.2.3.7.3  CPTS Initialization
            4. 12.2.2.3.7.4  32-bit Time Stamp Value
            5. 12.2.2.3.7.5  64-bit Time Stamp Value
            6. 12.2.2.3.7.6  64-Bit Timestamp Nudge
            7. 12.2.2.3.7.7  64-bit Timestamp PPM
            8. 12.2.2.3.7.8  Event FIFO
            9. 12.2.2.3.7.9  Timestamp Compare Output
              1. 12.2.2.3.7.9.1 Non-Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              2. 12.2.2.3.7.9.2 Non-Toggle Mode: 64-bit
              3. 12.2.2.3.7.9.3 Toggle Mode: 32-bit
              4. 12.2.2.3.7.9.4 Toggle Mode: 64-bit
            10. 12.2.2.3.7.10 Timestamp Sync Output
            11. 12.2.2.3.7.11 Timestamp GENFn Output
              1. 12.2.2.3.7.11.1 GENFn Nudge
              2. 12.2.2.3.7.11.2 GENFn PPM
            12. 12.2.2.3.7.12 Timestamp ESTFn
            13. 12.2.2.3.7.13 Time Sync Events
              1. 12.2.2.3.7.13.1 Time Stamp Push Event
              2. 12.2.2.3.7.13.2 Time Stamp Counter Rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              3. 12.2.2.3.7.13.3 Time Stamp Counter Half-rollover Event (32-bit mode only)
              4. 12.2.2.3.7.13.4 Hardware Time Stamp Push Event
              5. 12.2.2.3.7.13.5 Ethernet Port Events
                1. 12.2.2.3.7.13.5.1 Ethernet Port Receive Event
                2. 12.2.2.3.7.13.5.2 Ethernet Port Transmit Event
            14. 12.2.2.3.7.14 Timestamp Compare Event
              1. 12.2.2.3.7.14.1 32-Bit Mode
              2. 12.2.2.3.7.14.2 64-Bit Mode
            15. 12.2.2.3.7.15 Host Transmit Event
            16. 12.2.2.3.7.16 CPTS Interrupt Handling
          8. 12.2.2.3.8 CPPI Streaming Packet Interface
            1. 12.2.2.3.8.1 Port 0 CPPI Transmit Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW_9G Egress)
            2. 12.2.2.3.8.2 CPPI Receive Packet Streaming Interface (CPSW Ingress)
            3. 12.2.2.3.8.3 CPPI Checksum Offload
              1. 12.2.2.3.8.3.1 CPPI Transmit Checksum Offload
                1. 12.2.2.3.8.3.1.1 IPV4 UDP
                2. 12.2.2.3.8.3.1.2 IPV4 TCP
                3. 12.2.2.3.8.3.1.3 IPV6 UDP
                4. 12.2.2.3.8.3.1.4 IPV6 TCP
            4. 12.2.2.3.8.4 CPPI Receive Checksum Offload
            5. 12.2.2.3.8.5 Egress Packet Operations
          9. 12.2.2.3.9 MII Management Interface (MDIO)
            1. 12.2.2.3.9.1 MDIO Frame Formats
            2. 12.2.2.3.9.2 MDIO Functional Description
        4. 12.2.2.4 CPSW0 Programming Guide
          1. 12.2.2.4.1 Initialization and Configuration of CPSW Subsystem
          2. 12.2.2.4.2 Ethernet MAC Reset or XGMII/GMII Mode Change Configuration
          3. 12.2.2.4.3 MDIO Software Interface
            1. 12.2.2.4.3.1 Initializing the MDIO Module
            2. 12.2.2.4.3.2 Writing Data To a PHY Register
            3. 12.2.2.4.3.3 Reading Data From a PHY Register
      3. 12.2.3 Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.3.1 PCIe Subsystem Overview
          1. 12.2.3.1.1 PCIe Subsystem Features
          2. 12.2.3.1.2 PCIe Subsystem Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.3.1.3 PCIe Subsystem Ports
        2. 12.2.3.2 PCIe Environment
        3. 12.2.3.3 PCIe Subsystem Functional Description
          1. 12.2.3.3.1  PCIe Subsystem Block Diagram
            1. 12.2.3.3.1.1 PCIe Core Module
            2. 12.2.3.3.1.2 PCIe PHY Interface
            3. 12.2.3.3.1.3 CBA Infrastructure
            4. 12.2.3.3.1.4 VBUSM to AXI Bridges
            5. 12.2.3.3.1.5 AXI to VBUSM Bridges
            6. 12.2.3.3.1.6 VBUSP to APB Bridge
            7. 12.2.3.3.1.7 Custom Logic
          2. 12.2.3.3.2  PCIe Subsystem Reset Schemes
            1. 12.2.3.3.2.1 PCIe Conventional Reset
            2. 12.2.3.3.2.2 PCIe Function Level Reset
            3. 12.2.3.3.2.3 PCIe Reset Isolation
              1. 12.2.3.3.2.3.1 Root Port Reset with Device Not Reset
              2. 12.2.3.3.2.3.2 Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              3. 12.2.3.3.2.3.3 End Point Device Reset with Root Port Not Reset
              4. 12.2.3.3.2.3.4 Device Reset with End Point Device Not Reset
            4. 12.2.3.3.2.4 PCIe Reset Limitations
            5. 12.2.3.3.2.5 PCIe Reset Requirements
          3. 12.2.3.3.3  PCIe Subsystem Power Management
            1. 12.2.3.3.3.1 CBA Power Management
          4. 12.2.3.3.4  PCIe Subsystem Interrupts
            1. 12.2.3.3.4.1 Interrupts Aggregation
            2. 12.2.3.3.4.2 Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.3.4.2.1 Legacy Interrupt Generation in EP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.3.4.2.2 MSI and MSI-X Interrupt Generation
            3. 12.2.3.3.4.3 Interrupt Reception in EP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.3.4.3.1 PCIe Core Downstream Interrupts
              2. 12.2.3.3.4.3.2 PCIe Core Function Level Reset Interrupts
              3. 12.2.3.3.4.3.3 PCIe Core Power Management Event Interrupts
              4. 12.2.3.3.4.3.4 PCIe Core Hot Reset Request Interrupt
              5. 12.2.3.3.4.3.5 PTM Valid Interrupt
            4. 12.2.3.3.4.4 Interrupt Generation in RP Mode
            5. 12.2.3.3.4.5 Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              1. 12.2.3.3.4.5.1 PCIe Legacy Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              2. 12.2.3.3.4.5.2 MSI/MSI-X Interrupt Reception in RP Mode
              3. 12.2.3.3.4.5.3 Advanced Error Reporting Interrupt
            6. 12.2.3.3.4.6 Common Interrupt Reception in RP and EP Modes
              1. 12.2.3.3.4.6.1 PCIe Local Interrupt
              2. 12.2.3.3.4.6.2 PHY Interrupt
              3. 12.2.3.3.4.6.3 Link down Interrupt
              4. 12.2.3.3.4.6.4 Transaction Error Interrupts
              5. 12.2.3.3.4.6.5 Power Management Event Interrupt
              6. 12.2.3.3.4.6.6 Active Internal Diagnostics Interrupts
            7. 12.2.3.3.4.7 ECC Aggregator Interrupts
            8. 12.2.3.3.4.8 CPTS Interrupt
          5. 12.2.3.3.5  PCIe Subsystem DMA Support
            1. 12.2.3.3.5.1 PCIe DMA Support in RP Mode
            2. 12.2.3.3.5.2 PCIe DMA Support in EP Mode
          6. 12.2.3.3.6  PCIe Subsystem Transactions
            1. 12.2.3.3.6.1 PCIe Supported Transactions
            2. 12.2.3.3.6.2 PCIe Transaction Limitations
          7. 12.2.3.3.7  PCIe Subsystem Address Translation
            1. 12.2.3.3.7.1 PCIe Inbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.3.7.1.1 Root Port Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
              2. 12.2.3.3.7.1.2 End Point Inbound PCIe to AXI Address Translation
            2. 12.2.3.3.7.2 PCIe Outbound Address Translation
              1. 12.2.3.3.7.2.1 PCIe Outbound Address Translation Bypass
          8. 12.2.3.3.8  PCIe Subsystem Virtualization Support
            1. 12.2.3.3.8.1 End Point SR-IOV Support
            2. 12.2.3.3.8.2 Root Port ATS Support
            3. 12.2.3.3.8.3 VirtID Mapping
          9. 12.2.3.3.9  PCIe Subsystem Quality-of-Service (QoS)
          10. 12.2.3.3.10 PCIe Subsystem Precision Time Measurement (PTM)
          11. 12.2.3.3.11 PCIe Subsystem Loopback
            1. 12.2.3.3.11.1 PCIe PIPE Loopback
              1. 12.2.3.3.11.1.1 PIPE Loopback Master Mode
              2. 12.2.3.3.11.1.2 PIPE Loopback Slave Mode
          12. 12.2.3.3.12 PCIe Subsystem Error Handling
            1. 12.2.3.3.12.1 PCIe AXI to/from VBUSM Bus Error Mapping
          13. 12.2.3.3.13 PCIe Subsystem Internal Diagnostics Features
            1. 12.2.3.3.13.1 PCIe Parity
            2. 12.2.3.3.13.2 ECC Aggregators
            3. 12.2.3.3.13.3 RAM ECC Inversion
          14. 12.2.3.3.14 LTSSM State Encoding
      4. 12.2.4 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Subsystem
        1. 12.2.4.1 USB Overview
          1. 12.2.4.1.1 USB Features
          2. 12.2.4.1.2 USB Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.4.1.3 USB Ports
          4. 12.2.4.1.4 USB Terminology
        2. 12.2.4.2 USB Environment
        3. 12.2.4.3 USB Functional Description
          1. 12.2.4.3.1 USB Type-C Connector Support
          2. 12.2.4.3.2 USB Controller Reset
          3. 12.2.4.3.3 Overcurrent Detection
          4. 12.2.4.3.4 Top-Level Initialization Sequence
      5. 12.2.5 Serializer/Deserializer (SerDes)
        1. 12.2.5.1 SerDes Overview
          1. 12.2.5.1.1 SerDes Features
          2. 12.2.5.1.2 Not Supported Features
          3. 12.2.5.1.3 Industry Standards Compatibility
          4. 12.2.5.1.4 SerDes Ports
            1. 12.2.5.1.4.1 WIZ Settings
              1. 12.2.5.1.4.1.1 Interface Selection
              2. 12.2.5.1.4.1.2 USB3.0 Double Muxing
              3. 12.2.5.1.4.1.3 Hyperlink SERDES Double Muxing
              4. 12.2.5.1.4.1.4 CPSW Channel and SERDES IP Mapping
              5. 12.2.5.1.4.1.5 ACSPCIe Reference Clock Selection
              6. 12.2.5.1.4.1.6 Internal Reference Clock Selection
        2. 12.2.5.2 SerDes Environment
          1. 12.2.5.2.1 SerDes I/Os
        3. 12.2.5.3 SerDes Functional Description
          1. 12.2.5.3.1 SerDes Block Diagram
    3. 12.3  Memory Interfaces
      1. 12.3.1 Flash Subsystem (FSS)
        1. 12.3.1.1 FSS Overview
          1. 12.3.1.1.1 FSS Features
          2. 12.3.1.1.2 FSS Not Supported Features
          3. 12.3.1.1.3 Flash Ports
        2. 12.3.1.2 FSS Environment
        3. 12.3.1.3 FSS Functional Description
          1. 12.3.1.3.1 FSS Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.1.3.2 FSS ECC Support
          3. 12.3.1.3.3 FSS Modes of Operation
          4. 12.3.1.3.4 FSS Regions
            1. 12.3.1.3.4.1 FSS Regions Boot Size Configuration
          5. 12.3.1.3.5 FSS Memory Regions
        4. 12.3.1.4 FSS Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.1.4.1 FSS Initialization Sequence
          2. 12.3.1.4.2 FSS Real-Time Operation
          3. 12.3.1.4.3 FSS Power Up/Down Sequence
      2. 12.3.2 Octal Serial Peripheral Interface (OSPI)
        1. 12.3.2.1 OSPI Overview
          1. 12.3.2.1.1 OSPI Features
          2. 12.3.2.1.2 OSPI Not Supported Features
          3. 12.3.2.1.3 OSPI Ports
        2. 12.3.2.2 OSPI Environment
        3. 12.3.2.3 OSPI Functional Description
          1. 12.3.2.3.1  OSPI Block Diagram
            1. 12.3.2.3.1.1 Data Slave Interface
            2. 12.3.2.3.1.2 Configuration Slave Interface
            3. 12.3.2.3.1.3 OSPI Clock Domains
          2. 12.3.2.3.2  OSPI Modes
            1. 12.3.2.3.2.1 Read Data Capture
              1. 12.3.2.3.2.1.1 Mechanisms of Data Capturing
              2. 12.3.2.3.2.1.2 Data Capturing Mechanism Using Taps
              3. 12.3.2.3.2.1.3 Data Capturing Mechanism Using PHY Module
            2. 12.3.2.3.2.2 External Pull Down on DQS
          3. 12.3.2.3.3  OSPI Power Management
          4. 12.3.2.3.4  Auto HW Polling
          5. 12.3.2.3.5  Flash Reset
          6. 12.3.2.3.6  OSPI Memory Regions
          7. 12.3.2.3.7  OSPI Interrupt Requests
          8. 12.3.2.3.8  OSPI Data Interface
            1. 12.3.2.3.8.1 Data Interface Address Remapping
            2. 12.3.2.3.8.2 Write Protection
            3. 12.3.2.3.8.3 Access Forwarding
          9. 12.3.2.3.9  OSPI Direct Access Controller (DAC)
          10. 12.3.2.3.10 OSPI Indirect Access Controller (INDAC)
            1. 12.3.2.3.10.1 Indirect Read Controller
              1. 12.3.2.3.10.1.1 Indirect Read Transfer Process
            2. 12.3.2.3.10.2 Indirect Write Controller
              1. 12.3.2.3.10.2.1 Indirect Write Transfer Process
            3. 12.3.2.3.10.3 Indirect Access Queuing
            4. 12.3.2.3.10.4 Consecutive Writes and Reads Using Indirect Transfers
            5. 12.3.2.3.10.5 Accessing the SRAM
          11. 12.3.2.3.11 OSPI Software-Triggered Instruction Generator (STIG)
            1. 12.3.2.3.11.1 Servicing a STIG Request
          12. 12.3.2.3.12 OSPI Arbitration Between Direct / Indirect Access Controller and STIG
          13. 12.3.2.3.13 OSPI Command Translation
          14. 12.3.2.3.14 Selecting the Flash Instruction Type
          15. 12.3.2.3.15 OSPI Data Integrity
          16. 12.3.2.3.16 OSPI PHY Module
            1. 12.3.2.3.16.1 PHY Pipeline Mode
            2. 12.3.2.3.16.2 Read Data Capturing by the PHY Module
        4. 12.3.2.4 OSPI Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.2.4.1 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Use After Reset
          2. 12.3.2.4.2 Configuring the OSPI Controller for Optimal Use
          3. 12.3.2.4.3 Using the Flash Command Control Register (STIG Operation)
          4. 12.3.2.4.4 Using SPI Legacy Mode
          5. 12.3.2.4.5 Entering XIP Mode from POR
          6. 12.3.2.4.6 Entering XIP Mode Otherwise
          7. 12.3.2.4.7 Exiting XIP Mode
      3. 12.3.3 HyperBus Interface
        1. 12.3.3.1 HyperBus Overview
          1. 12.3.3.1.1 HyperBus Features
          2. 12.3.3.1.2 HyperBus Not Supported Features
          3. 12.3.3.1.3 Hyperbus Ports
        2. 12.3.3.2 HyperBus Environment
        3. 12.3.3.3 HyperBus Functional Description
          1. 12.3.3.3.1 HyperBus Interrupts
          2. 12.3.3.3.2 HyperBus ECC Support
            1. 12.3.3.3.2.1 ECC Aggregator
          3. 12.3.3.3.3 HyperBus Internal FIFOs
          4. 12.3.3.3.4 HyperBus Data Regions
          5. 12.3.3.3.5 HyperBus True Continuous Read (TCR) Mode
        4. 12.3.3.4 HyperBus Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.3.4.1 HyperBus Initialization Sequence
            1. 12.3.3.4.1.1 HyperFlash Access
            2. 12.3.3.4.1.2 HyperRAM Access
          2. 12.3.3.4.2 HyperBus Real-time Operating Requirements
          3. 12.3.3.4.3 HyperBus Power Up/Down Sequence
      4. 12.3.4 General-Purpose Memory Controller (GPMC)
        1. 12.3.4.1 GPMC Overview
          1. 12.3.4.1.1 GPMC Features
          2. 12.3.4.1.2 GPMC Not Supported Features
          3. 12.3.4.1.3 GPMC Ports
        2. 12.3.4.2 GPMC Environment
        3. 12.3.4.3 GPMC Functional Description
          1. 12.3.4.3.1  GPMC Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.4.3.2  GPMC Clock Configuration
          3. 12.3.4.3.3  GPMC Power Management
          4. 12.3.4.3.4  GPMC Interrupt Requests
          5. 12.3.4.3.5  GPMC Interconnect Port Interface
          6. 12.3.4.3.6  GPMC Address and Data Bus
            1. 12.3.4.3.6.1 GPMC I/O Configuration Setting
          7. 12.3.4.3.7  GPMC Address Decoder and Chip-Select Configuration
            1. 12.3.4.3.7.1 Chip-Select Base Address and Region Size
            2. 12.3.4.3.7.2 Access Protocol
              1. 12.3.4.3.7.2.1 Supported Devices
              2. 12.3.4.3.7.2.2 Access Size Adaptation and Device Width
              3. 12.3.4.3.7.2.3 Address/Data-Multiplexing Interface
            3. 12.3.4.3.7.3 External Signals
              1. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1 WAIT Pin Monitoring Control
                1. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1.1 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1.2 Wait Monitoring During Asynchronous Write Access
                3. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1.3 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Read Access
                4. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1.4 Wait Monitoring During Synchronous Write Access
                5. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1.5 Wait With NAND Device
                6. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1.6 Idle Cycle Control Between Successive Accesses
                  1. 3.4.3.7.3.1.6.1 Bus Turnaround (BUSTURNAROUND)
                  2. 3.4.3.7.3.1.6.2 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Same Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLESAMECSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                  3. 3.4.3.7.3.1.6.3 Idle Cycles Between Accesses to Different Chip-Select (CYCLE2CYCLEDIFFCSEN, CYCLE2CYCLEDELAY)
                7. 12.3.4.3.7.3.1.7 Slow Device Support (TIMEPARAGRANULARITY Parameter)
              2. 12.3.4.3.7.3.2 DIR Pin
              3. 12.3.4.3.7.3.3 Reset
              4. 12.3.4.3.7.3.4 Write Protect Signal (nWP)
              5. 12.3.4.3.7.3.5 Byte Enable (nBE1/nBE0)
            4. 12.3.4.3.7.4 Error Handling
          8. 12.3.4.3.8  GPMC Timing Setting
            1. 12.3.4.3.8.1  Read Cycle Time and Write Cycle Time (RDCYCLETIME / WRCYCLETIME)
            2. 12.3.4.3.8.2  nCS: Chip-Select Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (CSONTIME / CSRDOFFTIME / CSWROFFTIME / CSEXTRADELAY)
            3. 12.3.4.3.8.3  nADV/ALE: Address Valid/Address Latch Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (ADVONTIME / ADVRDOFFTIME / ADVWROFFTIME / ADVEXTRADELAY/ADVAADMUXONTIME/ADVAADMUXRDOFFTIME/ADVAADMUXWROFFTIME)
            4. 12.3.4.3.8.4  nOE/nRE: Output Enable/Read Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (OEONTIME / OEOFFTIME / OEEXTRADELAY / OEAADMUXONTIME / OEAADMUXOFFTIME)
            5. 12.3.4.3.8.5  nWE: Write Enable Signal Control Assertion/Deassertion Time (WEONTIME / WEOFFTIME / WEEXTRADELAY)
            6. 12.3.4.3.8.6  GPMC_CLKOUT
            7. 12.3.4.3.8.7  GPMC Output Clock and Control Signals Setup and Hold
            8. 12.3.4.3.8.8  Access Time (RDACCESSTIME / WRACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.3.8.8.1 Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.3.8.8.2 Access Time on Write Access
            9. 12.3.4.3.8.9  Page Burst Access Time (PAGEBURSTACCESSTIME)
              1. 12.3.4.3.8.9.1 Page Burst Access Time on Read Access
              2. 12.3.4.3.8.9.2 Page Burst Access Time on Write Access
            10. 12.3.4.3.8.10 Bus Keeping Support
          9. 12.3.4.3.9  GPMC NOR Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.3.9.1 Asynchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.3.9.1.1 Access on Address/Data Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.3.9.1.1.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on an Address/Data Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.3.9.1.1.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.3.9.1.1.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Write Operation on an Address/Data-Multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.3.9.1.2 Access on Address/Address/Data-Multiplexed Devices
                1. 12.3.4.3.9.1.2.1 Asynchronous Single Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                2. 12.3.4.3.9.1.2.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
                3. 12.3.4.3.9.1.2.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page) Read Operation on an AAD-Multiplexed Device
            2. 12.3.4.3.9.2 Synchronous Access Description
              1. 12.3.4.3.9.2.1 Synchronous Single Read
              2. 12.3.4.3.9.2.2 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Read (4-, 8-, 16-Word16 Burst With Wraparound Capability)
              3. 12.3.4.3.9.2.3 Synchronous Single Write
              4. 12.3.4.3.9.2.4 Synchronous Multiple (Burst) Write
            3. 12.3.4.3.9.3 Asynchronous and Synchronous Accesses in non-multiplexed Mode
              1. 12.3.4.3.9.3.1 Asynchronous Single-Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              2. 12.3.4.3.9.3.2 Asynchronous Single-Write Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              3. 12.3.4.3.9.3.3 Asynchronous Multiple (Page Mode) Read Operation on non-multiplexed Device
              4. 12.3.4.3.9.3.4 Synchronous Operations on a non-multiplexed Device
            4. 12.3.4.3.9.4 Page and Burst Support
            5. 12.3.4.3.9.5 System Burst vs External Device Burst Support
          10. 12.3.4.3.10 GPMC pSRAM Access Specificities
          11. 12.3.4.3.11 GPMC NAND Access Description
            1. 12.3.4.3.11.1 NAND Memory Device in Byte or 16-bit Word Stream Mode
              1. 12.3.4.3.11.1.1 Chip-Select Configuration for NAND Interfacing in Byte or Word Stream Mode
              2. 12.3.4.3.11.1.2 NAND Device Command and Address Phase Control
              3. 12.3.4.3.11.1.3 Command Latch Cycle
              4. 12.3.4.3.11.1.4 Address Latch Cycle
              5. 12.3.4.3.11.1.5 NAND Device Data Read and Write Phase Control in Stream Mode
              6. 12.3.4.3.11.1.6 NAND Device General Chip-Select Timing Control Requirement
              7. 12.3.4.3.11.1.7 Read and Write Access Size Adaptation
                1. 12.3.4.3.11.1.7.1 8-Bit-Wide NAND Device
                2. 12.3.4.3.11.1.7.2 16-Bit-Wide NAND Device
            2. 12.3.4.3.11.2 NAND Device-Ready Pin
              1. 12.3.4.3.11.2.1 Ready Pin Monitored by Software Polling
              2. 12.3.4.3.11.2.2 Ready Pin Monitored by Hardware Interrupt
            3. 12.3.4.3.11.3 ECC Calculator
              1. 12.3.4.3.11.3.1 Hamming Code
                1. 12.3.4.3.11.3.1.1 ECC Result Register and ECC Computation Accumulation Size
                2. 12.3.4.3.11.3.1.2 ECC Enabling
                3. 12.3.4.3.11.3.1.3 ECC Computation
                4. 12.3.4.3.11.3.1.4 ECC Comparison and Correction
                5. 12.3.4.3.11.3.1.5 ECC Calculation Based on 8-Bit Word
                6. 12.3.4.3.11.3.1.6 ECC Calculation Based on 16-Bit Word
              2. 12.3.4.3.11.3.2 BCH Code
                1. 12.3.4.3.11.3.2.1 Requirements
                2. 12.3.4.3.11.3.2.2 Memory Mapping of BCH Codeword
                  1. 3.4.3.11.3.2.2.1 Memory Mapping of Data Message
                  2. 3.4.3.11.3.2.2.2 Memory-Mapping of the ECC
                  3. 3.4.3.11.3.2.2.3 Wrapping Modes
                    1. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.1  Manual Mode (0x0)
                    2. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.2  Mode 0x1
                    3. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.3  Mode 0xA (10)
                    4. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.4  Mode 0x2
                    5. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.5  Mode 0x3
                    6. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.6  Mode 0x7
                    7. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.7  Mode 0x8
                    8. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.8  Mode 0x4
                    9. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.9  Mode 0x9
                    10. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.10 Mode 0x5
                    11. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.11 Mode 0xB (11)
                    12. 4.3.11.3.2.2.3.12 Mode 0x6
                3. 12.3.4.3.11.3.2.3 Supported NAND Page Mappings and ECC Schemes
                  1. 3.4.3.11.3.2.3.1 Per-Sector Spare Mappings
                  2. 3.4.3.11.3.2.3.2 Pooled Spare Mapping
                  3. 3.4.3.11.3.2.3.3 Per-Sector Spare Mapping, with ECC Separated at the End of the Page
            4. 12.3.4.3.11.4 Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              1. 12.3.4.3.11.4.1 General Facts About the Engine Configuration
              2. 12.3.4.3.11.4.2 Prefetch Mode
              3. 12.3.4.3.11.4.3 FIFO Control in Prefetch Mode
              4. 12.3.4.3.11.4.4 Write-Posting Mode
              5. 12.3.4.3.11.4.5 FIFO Control in Write-Posting Mode
              6. 12.3.4.3.11.4.6 Optimizing NAND Access Using the Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine
              7. 12.3.4.3.11.4.7 Interleaved Accesses Between Prefetch and Write-Posting Engine and Other Chip-Selects
          12. 12.3.4.3.12 GPMC Use Cases and Tips
            1. 12.3.4.3.12.1 How to Set GPMC Timing Parameters for Typical Accesses
              1. 12.3.4.3.12.1.1 External Memory Attached to the GPMC Module
              2. 12.3.4.3.12.1.2 Typical GPMC Setup
                1. 12.3.4.3.12.1.2.1 GPMC Configuration for Synchronous Burst Read Access
                2. 12.3.4.3.12.1.2.2 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Read Access
                3. 12.3.4.3.12.1.2.3 GPMC Configuration for Asynchronous Single Write Access
            2. 12.3.4.3.12.2 How to Choose a Suitable Memory to Use With the GPMC
              1. 12.3.4.3.12.2.1 Supported Memories or Devices
                1. 12.3.4.3.12.2.1.1 Memory Pin Multiplexing
                2. 12.3.4.3.12.2.1.2 NAND Interface Protocol
                3. 12.3.4.3.12.2.1.3 NOR Interface Protocol
                4. 12.3.4.3.12.2.1.4 Other Technologies
        4. 12.3.4.4 GPMC Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.4.4.1 GPMC High-Level Programming Model Overview
          2. 12.3.4.4.2 GPMC Initialization
          3. 12.3.4.4.3 GPMC Configuration in NOR Mode
          4. 12.3.4.4.4 GPMC Configuration in NAND Mode
          5. 12.3.4.4.5 Set Memory Access
          6. 12.3.4.4.6 GPMC Timing Parameters
            1. 12.3.4.4.6.1 GPMC Timing Parameters Formulas
              1. 12.3.4.4.6.1.1 NAND Flash Interface Timing Parameters Formulas
              2. 12.3.4.4.6.1.2 Synchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
              3. 12.3.4.4.6.1.3 Asynchronous NOR Flash Timing Parameters Formulas
      5. 12.3.5 Error Location Module (ELM)
        1. 12.3.5.1 ELM Overview
          1. 12.3.5.1.1 ELM Features
          2. 12.3.5.1.2 ELM Not Supported Features
          3. 12.3.5.1.3 ELM Ports
        2. 12.3.5.2 ELM Functional Description
          1. 12.3.5.2.1 ELM Software Reset
          2. 12.3.5.2.2 ELM Power Management
          3. 12.3.5.2.3 ELM Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.5.2.4 ELM Processing Initialization
          5. 12.3.5.2.5 ELM Processing Sequence
          6. 12.3.5.2.6 ELM Processing Completion
        3. 12.3.5.3 ELM Basic Programming Model
          1. 12.3.5.3.1 ELM Low-Level Programming Model
            1. 12.3.5.3.1.1 Processing Initialization
            2. 12.3.5.3.1.2 Read Results
            3. 12.3.5.3.1.3 3058
          2. 12.3.5.3.2 Use Case: ELM Used in Continuous Mode
          3. 12.3.5.3.3 Use Case: ELM Used in Page Mode
      6. 12.3.6 Multi-Media Card Secure Digital (MMCSD) Interface
        1. 12.3.6.1 MMCSD Overview
          1. 12.3.6.1.1 MMCSD Features
          2. 12.3.6.1.2 MMCSD Not Supported Features
          3. 12.3.6.1.3 MMCSD Ports
        2. 12.3.6.2 MMCSD Environment
        3. 12.3.6.3 MMCSD Functional Description
          1. 12.3.6.3.1 Block Diagram
          2. 12.3.6.3.2 Memory Regions
          3. 12.3.6.3.3 Interrupt Requests
          4. 12.3.6.3.4 ECC Support
            1. 12.3.6.3.4.1 ECC Aggregator
          5. 12.3.6.3.5 Advanced DMA
          6. 12.3.6.3.6 eMMC PHY BIST
            1. 12.3.6.3.6.1 BIST Overview
            2. 12.3.6.3.6.2 BIST Modes
              1. 12.3.6.3.6.2.1 DS Mode
              2. 12.3.6.3.6.2.2 HS Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              3. 12.3.6.3.6.2.3 HS Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              4. 12.3.6.3.6.2.4 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using DLL
              5. 12.3.6.3.6.2.5 DDR50 Mode with TXDLY using Delay Chain
              6. 12.3.6.3.6.2.6 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using DLL
              7. 12.3.6.3.6.2.7 HS200 Mode with TX/RXDLY using Delay Chain
              8. 12.3.6.3.6.2.8 HS400 Mode
            3. 12.3.6.3.6.3 BIST Functionality
            4. 12.3.6.3.6.4 Signal Interface
            5. 12.3.6.3.6.5 Programming Flow
              1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.1 DS Mode
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.1.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.1.2 BIST Programming
              2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.2 HS Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.2.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.2.2 BIST Programming
              3. 12.3.6.3.6.5.3 HS Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.3.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.3.2 BIST Programming
              4. 12.3.6.3.6.5.4 DDR52 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.4.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.4.2 BIST Programming
              5. 12.3.6.3.6.5.5 DDR52 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.5.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.5.2 BIST Programming
              6. 12.3.6.3.6.5.6 HS200 Mode with DLY_CHAIN
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.6.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.6.2 BIST Programming
              7. 12.3.6.3.6.5.7 HS200 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.7.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.7.2 BIST Programming
              8. 12.3.6.3.6.5.8 HS400 Mode with DLL
                1. 12.3.6.3.6.5.8.1 Configuration
                2. 12.3.6.3.6.5.8.2 BIST Programming
            6. 12.3.6.3.6.6 HS200 BIST Result Check Procedure
        4. 12.3.6.4 MMCSD Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.6.4.1 Sequences
            1. 12.3.6.4.1.1  SD Card Detection
            2. 12.3.6.4.1.2  SD Clock Control
              1. 12.3.6.4.1.2.1 Internal Clock Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.4.1.2.2 SD Clock Supply and Stop Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.4.1.2.3 SD Clock Frequency Change Sequence
            3. 12.3.6.4.1.3  SD Bus Power Control
            4. 12.3.6.4.1.4  Changing Bus Width
            5. 12.3.6.4.1.5  Timeout Setting on DAT Line
            6. 12.3.6.4.1.6  Card Initialization and Identification (for SD I/F)
              1. 12.3.6.4.1.6.1 Signal Voltage Switch Procedure (for UHS-I)
            7. 12.3.6.4.1.7  SD Transaction Generation
              1. 12.3.6.4.1.7.1 Transaction Control without Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.4.1.7.1.1 The Sequence to Issue a SD Command
                2. 12.3.6.4.1.7.1.2 The Sequence to Finalize a Command
              2. 12.3.6.4.1.7.2 Transaction Control with Data Transfer Using DAT Line
                1. 12.3.6.4.1.7.2.1 Not using DMA
                2. 12.3.6.4.1.7.2.2 Using SDMA
                3. 12.3.6.4.1.7.2.3 Using ADMA
            8. 12.3.6.4.1.8  Abort Transaction
              1. 12.3.6.4.1.8.1 Asynchronous Abort
              2. 12.3.6.4.1.8.2 Synchronous Abort
            9. 12.3.6.4.1.9  Changing Bus Speed Mode
            10. 12.3.6.4.1.10 Error Recovery
              1. 12.3.6.4.1.10.1 Error Interrupt Recovery
              2. 12.3.6.4.1.10.2 Auto CMD12 Error Recovery
            11. 12.3.6.4.1.11 Wakeup Control (Optional)
            12. 12.3.6.4.1.12 Suspend/Resume (Optional, Not Supported from Version 4.00)
              1. 12.3.6.4.1.12.1 Suspend Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.4.1.12.2 Resume Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.4.1.12.3 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Read Transaction
              4. 12.3.6.4.1.12.4 Stop At Block Gap/Continue Timing for Write Transaction
          2. 12.3.6.4.2 Driver Flow Sequence
            1. 12.3.6.4.2.1 Host Controller Setup and Card Detection
              1. 12.3.6.4.2.1.1 Host Controller Setup Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.4.2.1.2 Card Interface Detection Sequence
            2. 12.3.6.4.2.2 Boot Operation
              1. 12.3.6.4.2.2.1 Normal Boot Operation: (For Legacy eMMC 5.0)
              2. 12.3.6.4.2.2.2 Alternate Boot Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
              3. 12.3.6.4.2.2.3 Boot Code Chunk Read Operation (For Legacy eMMC 5.0):
            3. 12.3.6.4.2.3 Retuning procedure (For Legacy Interface)
              1. 12.3.6.4.2.3.1 Sampling Clock Tuning
              2. 12.3.6.4.2.3.2 Tuning Modes
              3. 12.3.6.4.2.3.3 Re-Tuning Mode 2
            4. 12.3.6.4.2.4 Command Queuing Driver Flow Sequence
              1. 12.3.6.4.2.4.1 Command Queuing Initialization Sequence
              2. 12.3.6.4.2.4.2 Task Issuance Sequence
              3. 12.3.6.4.2.4.3 Task Execution and Completion Sequence
              4. 12.3.6.4.2.4.4 Task Discard and Clear Sequence
              5. 12.3.6.4.2.4.5 Error Detect and Recovery when CQ is enabled
      7. 12.3.7 Universal Flash Storage (UFS) Interface
        1. 12.3.7.1 UFS Overview
          1. 12.3.7.1.1 UFS Features
          2. 12.3.7.1.2 UFS Ports
        2. 12.3.7.2 UFS Environment
        3. 12.3.7.3 UFS Functional Description
          1. 12.3.7.3.1 UFS Block Diagrams
          2. 12.3.7.3.2 UFS ECC Support
        4. 12.3.7.4 UFS Programming Guide
          1. 12.3.7.4.1 UFS Start-Up Sequence
            1. 12.3.7.4.1.1 UniPro Initialization
              1. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1 UniPro Layer 2 Configuration
                1. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1.1 Layer 2 Threshold Value Calculation
                2. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1.2 DL_TC0TXFCThreshold
                3. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1.3 DL_AFC0CreditThreshold
                4. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1.4 DL_TC0OutAckThreshold
                5. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1.5 Layer 2 Timer Value Calculation
                6. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1.6 DL_FC0ProtectionTimeOutVal
                7. 12.3.7.4.1.1.1.7 DL_TC0ReplayTimeOutVal and DL_AFC0ReqTimeOut
              2. 12.3.7.4.1.1.2 UniPro CPort Connection Management
            2. 12.3.7.4.1.2 UFS Host Controller Initialization
            3. 12.3.7.4.1.3 HCE Bit
          2. 12.3.7.4.2 UFS Host Controller Programming
            1. 12.3.7.4.2.1 UFS Software Model
              1. 12.3.7.4.2.1.1 UFS Layers
              2. 12.3.7.4.2.1.2 UFS Protocol Elements
                1. 12.3.7.4.2.1.2.1 UPIU Types
                2. 12.3.7.4.2.1.2.2 UFS Protocol
              3. 12.3.7.4.2.1.3 UFS Host Data Structure
            2. 12.3.7.4.2.2 UFS Theory Of Operation
              1. 12.3.7.4.2.2.1 Building A UTP Transfer Request
              2. 12.3.7.4.2.2.2 Processing UTP Task Management Request Completion
              3. 12.3.7.4.2.2.3 Building UTP Task Management Request
              4. 12.3.7.4.2.2.4 Processing UTP Transfer Request Completion
              5. 12.3.7.4.2.2.5 UFS Host Processing
              6. 12.3.7.4.2.2.6 UFS Response Management Аnd Command Completion
          3. 12.3.7.4.3 UFS PHY Programming
          4. 12.3.7.4.4 UFS Hibernate Timings Considerations
    4. 12.4  Industrial and Control Interfaces
      1. 12.4.1 Enhanced Capture (ECAP) Module
        1. 12.4.1.1 ECAP Overview
          1. 12.4.1.1.1 ECAP Features
          2. 12.4.1.1.2 ECAP Ports
        2. 12.4.1.2 ECAP Environment
        3. 12.4.1.3 ECAP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.1.3.1 Capture and APWM Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.1.3.1.1 ECAP Capture Mode Description
              1. 12.4.1.3.1.1.1 ECAP Event Prescaler
              2. 12.4.1.3.1.1.2 ECAP Edge Polarity Select and Qualifier
              3. 12.4.1.3.1.1.3 ECAP Continuous/One-Shot Control
              4. 12.4.1.3.1.1.4 ECAP 32-Bit Counter and Phase Control
              5. 12.4.1.3.1.1.5 CAP1-CAP4 Registers
              6. 12.4.1.3.1.1.6 ECAP Interrupt Control
              7. 12.4.1.3.1.1.7 ECAP Shadow Load and Lockout Control
            2. 12.4.1.3.1.2 ECAP APWM Mode Operation
          2. 12.4.1.3.2 Summary of ECAP Functional Registers
        4. 12.4.1.4 ECAP Use Cases
          1. 12.4.1.4.1 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.4.1.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          2. 12.4.1.4.2 Absolute Time-Stamp Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.4.2.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Absolute Time, Rising and Falling Edge Trigger
          3. 12.4.1.4.3 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.4.3.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising Edge Trigger
          4. 12.4.1.4.4 Time Difference (Delta) Operation Rising and Falling Edge Trigger Example
            1. 12.4.1.4.4.1 Code Snippet for CAP Mode Delta Time, Rising and Falling Edge Triggers
          5. 12.4.1.4.5 Application of the APWM Mode
            1. 12.4.1.4.5.1 Simple PWM Generation (Independent Channel/s) Example
              1. 12.4.1.4.5.1.1 Code Snippet for APWM Mode
            2. 12.4.1.4.5.2 Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization Example
              1. 12.4.1.4.5.2.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Synchronization
            3. 12.4.1.4.5.3 Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control Example
              1. 12.4.1.4.5.3.1 Code Snippet for Multichannel PWM Generation with Phase Control
      2. 12.4.2 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulation (EPWM) Module
        1. 12.4.2.1 EPWM Overview
          1. 12.4.2.1.1 EPWM Features
          2. 12.4.2.1.2 EPWM Not Supported Features
          3. 12.4.2.1.3 EPWM Ports
        2. 12.4.2.2 ECAP Environment
        3. 12.4.2.3 EPWM Functional Description
          1. 12.4.2.3.1  EPWM Submodule Features
            1. 12.4.2.3.1.1 Constant Definitions Used in the EPWM Code Examples
          2. 12.4.2.3.2  EPWM Time-Base (TB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.2.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.2.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Time-Base Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.2.3 Calculating PWM Period and Frequency
              1. 12.4.2.3.2.3.1 EPWM Time-Base Period Shadow Register
              2. 12.4.2.3.2.3.2 EPWM Time-Base Counter Synchronization
            4. 12.4.2.3.2.4 Phase Locking the Time-Base Clocks of Multiple EPWM Modules
            5. 12.4.2.3.2.5 EPWM Time-Base Counter Modes and Timing Waveforms
          3. 12.4.2.3.3  EPWM Counter-Compare (CC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.3.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.3.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.3.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.3.3.4 EPWM Counter-Compare Submodule Timing Waveforms
          4. 12.4.2.3.4  EPWM Action-Qualifier (AQ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.4.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.4.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Action-Qualifier Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.4.3 EPWM Action-Qualifier Event Priority
            4. 12.4.2.3.4.4 Waveforms for Common EPWM Configurations
          5. 12.4.2.3.5  EPWM Dead-Band Generator (DB) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.5.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.5.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Dead-Band Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.5.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Dead-Band Generator Submodule
          6. 12.4.2.3.6  EPWM-Chopper (PC) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.6.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.6.2 Controlling the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.6.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM-Chopper Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.3.6.4 EPWM-Chopper Waveforms
              1. 12.4.2.3.6.4.1 EPWM-Chopper One-Shot Pulse
              2. 12.4.2.3.6.4.2 EPWM-Chopper Duty Cycle Control
          7. 12.4.2.3.7  EPWM Trip-Zone (TZ) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.7.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.7.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.7.3 Operational Highlights for the EPWM Trip-Zone Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.3.7.4 Generating EPWM Trip-Event Interrupts
          8. 12.4.2.3.8  EPWM Event-Trigger (ET) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.8.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.8.2 Controlling and Monitoring the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.8.3 Operational Overview of the EPWM Event-Trigger Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.3.8.4 3283
          9. 12.4.2.3.9  EPWM High Resolution (HRPWM) Submodule
            1. 12.4.2.3.9.1 Overview
            2. 12.4.2.3.9.2 Architecture of the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            3. 12.4.2.3.9.3 Controlling and Monitoring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            4. 12.4.2.3.9.4 Configuring the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
            5. 12.4.2.3.9.5 Operational Highlights for the High-Resolution PWM Submodule
              1. 12.4.2.3.9.5.1 HRPWM Edge Positioning
              2. 12.4.2.3.9.5.2 HRPWM Scaling Considerations
              3. 12.4.2.3.9.5.3 HRPWM Duty Cycle Range Limitation
          10. 12.4.2.3.10 EPWM / HRPWM Functional Register Groups
          11. 12.4.2.3.11 Proper EPWM Interrupt Initialization Procedure
      3. 12.4.3 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (EQEP) Module
        1. 12.4.3.1 EQEP Overview
          1. 12.4.3.1.1 EQEP Features
          2. 12.4.3.1.2 EQEP Not Supported Features
          3. 12.4.3.1.3 EQEP Ports
        2. 12.4.3.2 EQEP Environment
        3. 12.4.3.3 EQEP Functional Description
          1. 12.4.3.3.1 EQEP Inputs
          2. 12.4.3.3.2 EQEP Quadrature Decoder Unit (QDU)
            1. 12.4.3.3.2.1 EQEP Position Counter Input Modes
              1. 12.4.3.3.2.1.1 Quadrature Count Mode
              2. 12.4.3.3.2.1.2 EQEP Direction-count Mode
              3. 12.4.3.3.2.1.3 EQEP Up-Count Mode
              4. 12.4.3.3.2.1.4 EQEP Down-Count Mode
            2. 12.4.3.3.2.2 EQEP Input Polarity Selection
            3. 12.4.3.3.2.3 EQEP Position-Compare Sync Output
          3. 12.4.3.3.3 EQEP Position Counter and Control Unit (PCCU)
            1. 12.4.3.3.3.1 EQEP Position Counter Operating Modes
              1. 12.4.3.3.3.1.1 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM] = 0b00)
              2. 12.4.3.3.3.1.2 EQEP Position Counter Reset on Maximum Position (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM=0b01)
              3. 12.4.3.3.3.1.3 Position Counter Reset on the First Index Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b10)
              4. 12.4.3.3.3.1.4 Position Counter Reset on Unit Time out Event (EQEP_QDEC_QEP_CTL[29-28] PCRM = 0b11)
            2. 12.4.3.3.3.2 EQEP Position Counter Latch
              1. 12.4.3.3.3.2.1 Index Event Latch
              2. 12.4.3.3.3.2.2 EQEP Strobe Event Latch
            3. 12.4.3.3.3.3 EQEP Position Counter Initialization
            4. 12.4.3.3.3.4 EQEP Position-Compare Unit
          4. 12.4.3.3.4 EQEP Edge Capture Unit
          5. 12.4.3.3.5 EQEP Watchdog
          6. 12.4.3.3.6 Unit Timer Base
          7. 12.4.3.3.7 EQEP Interrupt Structure
          8. 12.4.3.3.8 Summary of EQEP Functional Registers
      4. 12.4.4 Controller Area Network (MCAN)
        1. 12.4.4.1 MCAN Overview
          1. 12.4.4.1.1 MCAN Features
          2. 12.4.4.1.2 MCAN Not Supported Features
          3. 12.4.4.1.3 MCAN Ports
        2. 12.4.4.2 MCAN Environment
        3. 12.4.4.3 MCAN Functional Description
          1. 12.4.4.3.1  Module Clocking Requirements
          2. 12.4.4.3.2  Interrupt and DMA Requests
            1. 12.4.4.3.2.1 Interrupt Requests
            2. 12.4.4.3.2.2 DMA Requests
          3. 12.4.4.3.3  Operating Modes
            1. 12.4.4.3.3.1 Software Initialization
            2. 12.4.4.3.3.2 Normal Operation
            3. 12.4.4.3.3.3 CAN FD Operation
            4. 12.4.4.3.3.4 Transmitter Delay Compensation
              1. 12.4.4.3.3.4.1 Description
              2. 12.4.4.3.3.4.2 Transmitter Delay Compensation Measurement
            5. 12.4.4.3.3.5 Restricted Operation Mode
            6. 12.4.4.3.3.6 Bus Monitoring Mode
            7. 12.4.4.3.3.7 Disabled Automatic Retransmission (DAR) Mode
              1. 12.4.4.3.3.7.1 Frame Transmission in DAR Mode
            8. 12.4.4.3.3.8 Power Down (Sleep Mode)
              1. 12.4.4.3.3.8.1 External Clock Stop Mode
              2. 12.4.4.3.3.8.2 Suspend Mode
              3. 12.4.4.3.3.8.3 Wakeup request
            9. 12.4.4.3.3.9 Test Modes
              1. 12.4.4.3.3.9.1 Internal Loopback Mode
          4. 12.4.4.3.4  Timestamp Generation
            1. 12.4.4.3.4.1 External Timestamp Counter
          5. 12.4.4.3.5  Timeout Counter
          6. 12.4.4.3.6  ECC Support
            1. 12.4.4.3.6.1 ECC Wrapper
            2. 12.4.4.3.6.2 ECC Aggregator
          7. 12.4.4.3.7  Rx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.3.7.1 Acceptance Filtering
              1. 12.4.4.3.7.1.1 Range Filter
              2. 12.4.4.3.7.1.2 Filter for specific IDs
              3. 12.4.4.3.7.1.3 Classic Bit Mask Filter
              4. 12.4.4.3.7.1.4 Standard Message ID Filtering
              5. 12.4.4.3.7.1.5 Extended Message ID Filtering
            2. 12.4.4.3.7.2 Rx FIFOs
              1. 12.4.4.3.7.2.1 Rx FIFO Blocking Mode
              2. 12.4.4.3.7.2.2 Rx FIFO Overwrite Mode
            3. 12.4.4.3.7.3 Dedicated Rx Buffers
              1. 12.4.4.3.7.3.1 Rx Buffer Handling
            4. 12.4.4.3.7.4 Debug on CAN Support
          8. 12.4.4.3.8  Tx Handling
            1. 12.4.4.3.8.1 Transmit Pause
            2. 12.4.4.3.8.2 Dedicated Tx Buffers
            3. 12.4.4.3.8.3 Tx FIFO
            4. 12.4.4.3.8.4 Tx Queue
            5. 12.4.4.3.8.5 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx FIFO
            6. 12.4.4.3.8.6 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers/Tx Queue
            7. 12.4.4.3.8.7 Transmit Cancellation
            8. 12.4.4.3.8.8 Tx Event Handling
          9. 12.4.4.3.9  FIFO Acknowledge Handling
          10. 12.4.4.3.10 Message RAM
            1. 12.4.4.3.10.1 Message RAM Configuration
            2. 12.4.4.3.10.2 Rx Buffer and FIFO Element
            3. 12.4.4.3.10.3 Tx Buffer Element
            4. 12.4.4.3.10.4 Tx Event FIFO Element
            5. 12.4.4.3.10.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element
            6. 12.4.4.3.10.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element
    5. 12.5  Audio Interfaces
      1. 12.5.1 Audio Tracking Logic (ATL)
        1. 12.5.1.1 ATL Overview
          1. 12.5.1.1.1 ATL Features Overview
          2. 12.5.1.1.2 ATL Not Supported Features
          3. 12.5.1.1.3 ATL Ports
      2. 12.5.2 Multichannel Audio Serial Port (MCASP)
        1. 12.5.2.1 MCASP Overview
          1. 12.5.2.1.1 MCASP Features
          2. 12.5.2.1.2 MCASP Not Supported Features
          3. 12.5.2.1.3 MCASP Ports
        2. 12.5.2.2 MCASP Environment
        3. 12.5.2.3 MCASP Functional Description
          1. 12.5.2.3.1  MCASP Block Diagram
          2. 12.5.2.3.2  MCASP Clock and Frame-Sync Configurations
            1. 12.5.2.3.2.1 MCASP Transmit Clock
            2. 12.5.2.3.2.2 MCASP Receive Clock
            3. 12.5.2.3.2.3 Frame-Sync Generator
            4. 12.5.2.3.2.4 Synchronous and Asynchronous Transmit and Receive Operations
          3. 12.5.2.3.3  MCASP Frame Sync Feedback for Cross Synchronization
          4. 12.5.2.3.4  MCASP Serializers
          5. 12.5.2.3.5  MCASP Format Units
            1. 12.5.2.3.5.1 Transmit Format Unit
              1. 12.5.2.3.5.1.1 TDM Mode Transmission Data Alignment Settings
              2. 12.5.2.3.5.1.2 DIT Mode Transmission Data Alignment Settings
            2. 12.5.2.3.5.2 Receive Format Unit
              1. 12.5.2.3.5.2.1 TDM Mode Reception Data Alignment Settings
          6. 12.5.2.3.6  MCASP State-Machines
          7. 12.5.2.3.7  MCASP TDM Sequencers
          8. 12.5.2.3.8  MCASP Software Reset
          9. 12.5.2.3.9  MCASP Power Management
          10. 12.5.2.3.10 MCASP Transfer Modes
            1. 12.5.2.3.10.1 Burst Transfer Mode
            2. 12.5.2.3.10.2 Time-Division Multiplexed (TDM) Transfer Mode
              1. 12.5.2.3.10.2.1 TDM Time Slots Generation and Processing
              2. 12.5.2.3.10.2.2 Special 384-Slot TDM Mode for Connection to External DIR
            3. 12.5.2.3.10.3 DIT Transfer Mode
              1. 12.5.2.3.10.3.1 Transmit DIT Encoding
              2. 12.5.2.3.10.3.2 Transmit DIT Clock and Frame-Sync Generation
              3. 12.5.2.3.10.3.3 DIT Channel Status and User Data Register Files
          11. 12.5.2.3.11 MCASP Data Transmission and Reception
            1. 12.5.2.3.11.1 Data Ready Status and Event/Interrupt Generation
              1. 12.5.2.3.11.1.1 Transmit Data Ready
              2. 12.5.2.3.11.1.2 Receive Data Ready
              3. 12.5.2.3.11.1.3 Transfers Through the Data Port (DATA)
              4. 12.5.2.3.11.1.4 Transfers Through the Configuration Bus (CFG)
              5. 12.5.2.3.11.1.5 Using a Device CPU for MCASP Servicing
              6. 12.5.2.3.11.1.6 Using the DMA for MCASP Servicing
          12. 12.5.2.3.12 MCASP Audio FIFO (AFIFO)
            1. 12.5.2.3.12.1 AFIFO Data Transmission
              1. 12.5.2.3.12.1.1 Transmit DMA Event Pacer
            2. 12.5.2.3.12.2 AFIFO Data Reception
              1. 12.5.2.3.12.2.1 Receive DMA Event Pacer
            3. 12.5.2.3.12.3 Arbitration Between Transmit and Receive DMA Requests
          13. 12.5.2.3.13 MCASP Events and Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.5.2.3.13.1 Transmit Data Ready Event and Interrupt
            2. 12.5.2.3.13.2 Receive Data Ready Event and Interrupt
            3. 12.5.2.3.13.3 Error Interrupt
            4. 12.5.2.3.13.4 Multiple Interrupts
          14. 12.5.2.3.14 MCASP DMA Requests
          15. 12.5.2.3.15 MCASP Loopback Modes
            1. 12.5.2.3.15.1 Loopback Mode Configurations
          16. 12.5.2.3.16 MCASP Error Reporting
            1. 12.5.2.3.16.1 Buffer Underrun Error -Transmitter
            2. 12.5.2.3.16.2 Buffer Overrun Error-Receiver
            3. 12.5.2.3.16.3 DATA Port Error - Transmitter
            4. 12.5.2.3.16.4 DATA Port Error - Receiver
            5. 12.5.2.3.16.5 Unexpected Frame Sync Error
            6. 12.5.2.3.16.6 Clock Failure Detection
              1. 12.5.2.3.16.6.1 Clock Failure Check Startup
              2. 12.5.2.3.16.6.2 Transmit Clock Failure Check and Recovery
              3. 12.5.2.3.16.6.3 Receive Clock Failure Check and Recovery
        4. 12.5.2.4 MCASP Programming Guide
          1. 12.5.2.4.1 MCASP Operational Modes Configuration
            1. 12.5.2.4.1.1 MCASP Transmission Modes
              1. 12.5.2.4.1.1.1 Main Sequence – MCASP DIT- /TDM- Polling Transmission Method
              2. 12.5.2.4.1.1.2 Main Sequence – MCASP DIT- /TDM - Interrupt Transmission Method
              3. 12.5.2.4.1.1.3 Main Sequence –MCASP DIT- /TDM - Mode DMA Transmission Method
            2. 12.5.2.4.1.2 MCASP Reception Modes
              1. 12.5.2.4.1.2.1 Main Sequence – MCASP Polling Reception Method
              2. 12.5.2.4.1.2.2 Main Sequence – MCASP TDM - Interrupt Reception Method
              3. 12.5.2.4.1.2.3 Main Sequence – MCASP TDM - Mode DMA Reception Method
            3. 12.5.2.4.1.3 MCASP Event Servicing
              1. 12.5.2.4.1.3.1 MCASP DIT-/TDM- Transmit Interrupt Events Servicing
              2. 12.5.2.4.1.3.2 MCASP TDM- Receive Interrupt Events Servicing
              3. 12.5.2.4.1.3.3 Subsequence – MCASP DIT-/TDM -Modes Transmit Error Handling
              4. 12.5.2.4.1.3.4 Subsequence – MCASP Receive Error Handling
    6. 12.6  Display Subsystem (DSS) and Peripherals
      1. 12.6.1 DSS Overview
        1. 12.6.1.1 DSS Features
        2. 12.6.1.2 DSS Not Supported Features
        3. 12.6.1.3 DSS Ports
      2. 12.6.2 DSS Environment
        1. 12.6.2.1 DISPC Environment
          1. 12.6.2.1.1 RGB Data Output
          2. 12.6.2.1.2 YUV Data Output (BT.656/BT.1120)
          3. 12.6.2.1.3 Display Timing Diagrams
          4. 12.6.2.1.4 VSYNC/HSYNC/DE Signal Export to SoC Boundary
        2. 12.6.2.2 DSI Environment
        3. 12.6.2.3 EDP Environment
      3. 12.6.3 Display Subsystem Controller (DISPC) with Frame Buffer Decompression Core (FBDC)
        1. 12.6.3.1  DISPC Overview
        2. 12.6.3.2  DISPC Clocks
        3. 12.6.3.3  DISPC Resets
        4. 12.6.3.4  DISPC Power Management
        5. 12.6.3.5  DISPC Interrupt Requests
        6. 12.6.3.6  DISPC DMA Controller
          1. 12.6.3.6.1  DISPC DMA Addressing and Bursts
          2. 12.6.3.6.2  DISPC Read DMA Buffers
          3. 12.6.3.6.3  DISPC Write DMA Buffer
          4. 12.6.3.6.4  DISPC Flip/Mirror Support
          5. 12.6.3.6.5  DISPC DMA Predecimation
          6. 12.6.3.6.6  DISPC DMA Buffer Sharing
          7. 12.6.3.6.7  DISPC DMA MFLAG Mechanism
          8. 12.6.3.6.8  DISPC DMA Priority Requests Control
          9. 12.6.3.6.9  DISPC DMA Arbitration
          10. 12.6.3.6.10 DISPC DMA Ultra-Low Power Mode
          11. 12.6.3.6.11 DISPC Compressed Data Format Support
            1. 12.6.3.6.11.1 FBDC Tile Request
            2. 12.6.3.6.11.2 FBDC Source Cropping
        7. 12.6.3.7  DISPC Pixel Data Formats
        8. 12.6.3.8  DISPC Video Pipeline
          1. 12.6.3.8.1 DISPC VID Replication Logic
          2. 12.6.3.8.2 DISPC VID VC-1 Range Mapping Unit
          3. 12.6.3.8.3 DISPC VID Color Look-Up Table (CLUT)
          4. 12.6.3.8.4 DISPC VID Chrominance Resampling
            1. 12.6.3.8.4.1 Chrominance Resampling for VID Pipeline
            2. 12.6.3.8.4.2 Chrominance Resampling for VIDL Pipeline
          5. 12.6.3.8.5 DISPC VID Scaler Unit
          6. 12.6.3.8.6 DISPC VID Color Space Conversion YUV to RGB
          7. 12.6.3.8.7 DISPC VID Brightness/Contrast/Saturation/Hue Control
          8. 12.6.3.8.8 DISPC VID Luma Key Support
          9. 12.6.3.8.9 DISPC VID Cropping Support
        9. 12.6.3.9  DISPC Write-Back Pipeline
          1. 12.6.3.9.1 DISPC WB Color Space Conversion RGB to YUV
          2. 12.6.3.9.2 DISPC WB Scaler Unit
        10. 12.6.3.10 DISPC Overlay Manager
          1. 12.6.3.10.1 DISPC Overlay Input Selector
          2. 12.6.3.10.2 DISPC Overlay Mechanism
            1. 12.6.3.10.2.1 Overlay Alpha Blender
            2. 12.6.3.10.2.2 Overlay Transparency Color Keys
          3. 12.6.3.10.3 Overlay 3D Support
          4. 12.6.3.10.4 Overlay Color Bar Insertion
        11. 12.6.3.11 DISPC Video Port Output
          1. 12.6.3.11.1 DISPC VP Gamma Correction Unit
          2. 12.6.3.11.2 DISPC VP Color Phase Rotation Unit
          3. 12.6.3.11.3 DISPC VP Color Space Conversion - RGB to YUV
          4. 12.6.3.11.4 DISPC VP BT.656 and BT.1120 Modes
            1. 12.6.3.11.4.1 DISPC BT Mode Blanking
            2. 12.6.3.11.4.2 DISPC BT Mode EAV and SAV
          5. 12.6.3.11.5 DISPC VP Spatial/Temporal Dithering
          6. 12.6.3.11.6 DISPC VP Multiple Cycle Output Format (TDM)
          7. 12.6.3.11.7 DISPC VP Stall Mode
          8. 12.6.3.11.8 DISPC VP Timing Generator and Display Panel Settings
          9. 12.6.3.11.9 DISPC VP Merge-Split-Sync (MSS) Module
            1. 12.6.3.11.9.1 MSS Clocking Scheme
            2. 12.6.3.11.9.2 MSS Merge with Scaling
        12. 12.6.3.12 DISPC Internal Diagnostic Features
          1. 12.6.3.12.1 Internal Diagnostic Check Regions
          2. 12.6.3.12.2 Internal Diagnostic Signature Generator Using MISR
          3. 12.6.3.12.3 Internal Diagnostic Checks
          4. 12.6.3.12.4 Internal Diagnostic Check Limitations
        13. 12.6.3.13 DISPC Security Management
          1. 12.6.3.13.1 Security Implementation
          2. 12.6.3.13.2 Secure Mode Configuration
        14. 12.6.3.14 DISPC Resources Sharing
          1. 12.6.3.14.1 Register Region per Sub-component
          2. 12.6.3.14.2 Interrupt Duplication
          3. 12.6.3.14.3 Independent Context Update for Pipelines
          4. 12.6.3.14.4 CHANNELID Support
        15. 12.6.3.15 DISPC Shadow Mechanism for Registers
      4. 12.6.4 MIPI Display Serial Interface (DSI) Controller
        1. 12.6.4.1 DSI Block Diagram
        2. 12.6.4.2 DSI Clocking
        3. 12.6.4.3 DSI Reset
        4. 12.6.4.4 DSI Power Management
        5. 12.6.4.5 DSI Interrupts
        6. 12.6.4.6 DSI Internal Interfaces
          1. 12.6.4.6.1 Video Input Interfaces
            1. 12.6.4.6.1.1 Pixel Mapping
          2. 12.6.4.6.2 DPI (Pixel Stream Interface)
            1. 12.6.4.6.2.1 Signals
          3. 12.6.4.6.3 SDI (Serial Data Interface)
            1. 12.6.4.6.3.1 Secure Display Support
        7. 12.6.4.7 DSI Programming Guide
          1. 12.6.4.7.1  Application Guidelines
            1. 12.6.4.7.1.1 Overview of a Display Subsystem
            2. 12.6.4.7.1.2 D-PHY And DSI Configuration
            3. 12.6.4.7.1.3 DSI Controller Initialization
            4. 12.6.4.7.1.4 Panel Configuration Using Command Mode
            5. 12.6.4.7.1.5 VIDEO Interface Configuration
          2. 12.6.4.7.2  Application Considerations
            1. 12.6.4.7.2.1 D-PHY Timings Control
            2. 12.6.4.7.2.2 Control Block
            3. 12.6.4.7.2.3 Video Coherency
          3. 12.6.4.7.3  Start-up Procedure
          4. 12.6.4.7.4  Interrupt Management
            1. 12.6.4.7.4.1 Error and Status Registers
            2. 12.6.4.7.4.2 Interrupt Management for Direct Command Registers
          5. 12.6.4.7.5  Direct Command Usage
            1. 12.6.4.7.5.1 Trigger Mapping Information
            2. 12.6.4.7.5.2 Command Mode Settings
            3. 12.6.4.7.5.3 Bus Turnaround Sequence
            4. 12.6.4.7.5.4 Tearing Effect Control
            5. 12.6.4.7.5.5 Tearing Effect Control on Panels with Frame Buffer
            6. 12.6.4.7.5.6 Return Path Operation
            7. 12.6.4.7.5.7 EoT Packet Management
            8. 12.6.4.7.5.8 ECC Correction
            9. 12.6.4.7.5.9 LP Transmission and BTA
          6. 12.6.4.7.6  Low-power Management
          7. 12.6.4.7.7  Video Mode Settings
            1. 12.6.4.7.7.1 Video Stream Presentation
            2. 12.6.4.7.7.2 Video Stream Settings (VSG)
            3. 12.6.4.7.7.3 VCA Configuration
            4. 12.6.4.7.7.4 TVG Configuration
          8. 12.6.4.7.8  DPI To DSI Programming
            1. 12.6.4.7.8.1 DSI and DPHY Operation
            2. 12.6.4.7.8.2 Pixel Clock to TX_BYTE_CLK Variation
            3. 12.6.4.7.8.3 LP Operation
            4. 12.6.4.7.8.4 DPI Interface Burst Operation
          9. 12.6.4.7.9  Programming the DSITX Controller to Match the Incoming DPI Stream
            1. 12.6.4.7.9.1 Vertical Timing
            2. 12.6.4.7.9.2 Horizontal Timing for Non-Burst Mode with Sync Pulses
            3. 12.6.4.7.9.3 Event Mode Horizontal Timing
            4. 12.6.4.7.9.4 Burst Event Mode Horizontal Timing
            5. 12.6.4.7.9.5 Burst Mode Operation
            6. 12.6.4.7.9.6 Example Configurations
            7. 12.6.4.7.9.7 Stereoscopic Video Support
          10. 12.6.4.7.10 DSITX Video Stream Variable Refresh
      5. 12.6.5 Embedded DisplayPort (еDP) Transmitter
        1. 12.6.5.1 EDP Block Diagram
        2. 12.6.5.2 EDP Wrapper Functions
          1. 12.6.5.2.1 Video Stream Clock/Data Muxing
          2. 12.6.5.2.2 Secure Video Content Protection
          3. 12.6.5.2.3 DPI_DATA Input Pixel Format Supported
          4. 12.6.5.2.4 Audio Input Interface
            1. 12.6.5.2.4.1 Audio I2S Signals/Timing
            2. 12.6.5.2.4.2 Audio I2S Clock Frequency
        3. 12.6.5.3 EDP Transmitter Controller Subsystem (MHDPTX_TOP)
          1. 12.6.5.3.1 Display Stream Compression Encoder (DSC)
            1. 12.6.5.3.1.1 DSC Encoder Features
            2. 12.6.5.3.1.2 Usage Models for EDP
          2. 12.6.5.3.2 Display Port Transmitter Controller (MHDPTX Controller)
            1. 12.6.5.3.2.1 EDP Transmitter Controller Mode Configurations
        4. 12.6.5.4 EDP AUX_PHY Interface
        5. 12.6.5.5 EDP Clocks
          1. 12.6.5.5.1 Clock Diagram
            1. 12.6.5.5.1.1 DPI Interface Clock Sourcing
            2. 12.6.5.5.1.2 Memory Clock Gating
            3. 12.6.5.5.1.3 PHY Clock Connections
          2. 12.6.5.5.2 Clock Groups
        6. 12.6.5.6 EDP Resets
        7. 12.6.5.7 EDP Interrupt Requests
          1. 12.6.5.7.1 EDP_INTR Interrupt Description
          2. 12.6.5.7.2 EDP_INTR_ASF Interrupt Description
        8. 12.6.5.8 EDP Embedded Memories
          1. 12.6.5.8.1 MHDPTX Controller Memories
          2. 12.6.5.8.2 DSC Memories
          3. 12.6.5.8.3 ECC Aggregation
        9. 12.6.5.9 EDP Programmer's Guide
          1. 12.6.5.9.1 EDP Controller Programming
            1. 12.6.5.9.1.1  MHDPTX Register/Memory Regions
            2. 12.6.5.9.1.2  Boot Sequence
            3. 12.6.5.9.1.3  Setting Core Clock Frequency
            4. 12.6.5.9.1.4  Loading Firmware
            5. 12.6.5.9.1.5  FW Running indication
            6. 12.6.5.9.1.6  Software Events Handling
            7. 12.6.5.9.1.7  DisplayPort Source (TX) Sequence
            8. 12.6.5.9.1.8  HDCP
              1. 12.6.5.9.1.8.1 Embedded HDCP Crypto
              2. 12.6.5.9.1.8.2 Additional Security Features
                1. 12.6.5.9.1.8.2.1 KM-Key Encryption
                2. 12.6.5.9.1.8.2.2 Cyphertext Stealing
            9. 12.6.5.9.1.9  HD Display TX Controller
              1. 12.6.5.9.1.9.1 Info-Frame Handling
                1. 12.6.5.9.1.9.1.1 EDID Handling
                2. 12.6.5.9.1.9.1.2 Audio Control
                3. 12.6.5.9.1.9.1.3 Video Control
            10. 12.6.5.9.1.10 DPTX TX Controller
              1. 12.6.5.9.1.10.1 Protocol over Auxiliary
              2. 12.6.5.9.1.10.2 PHY (Physical layer) Handling
          2. 12.6.5.9.2 EDP PHY Wrapper Initialization
          3. 12.6.5.9.3 EDP PHY Programming
    7. 12.7  Camera Subsystem
      1. 12.7.1 Camera Streaming Interface Receiver (CSI_RX_IF)
        1. 12.7.1.1 CSI_RX_IF Overview
          1. 12.7.1.1.1 CSI_RX_IF Features
          2. 12.7.1.1.2 CSI_RX_IF Not Supported Features
          3. 12.7.1.1.3 CSI_RX_IF Ports
        2. 12.7.1.2 CSI_RX_IF Environment
        3. 12.7.1.3 CSI_RX_IF Functional Description
          1. 12.7.1.3.1 CSI_RX_IF Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.1.3.2 CSI_RX_IF Hardware and Software Reset
          3. 12.7.1.3.3 CSI_RX_IF Clock Configuration
          4. 12.7.1.3.4 CSI_RX_IF Interrupt Events
          5. 12.7.1.3.5 CSI_RX_IF Data Memory Organization Details
          6. 12.7.1.3.6 CSI_RX_IF PSI_L (DMA) Interface
            1. 12.7.1.3.6.1 PSI_L DMA framing
            2. 12.7.1.3.6.2 PSI_L DMA error handling due to FIFO overflow
          7. 12.7.1.3.7 CSI_RX_IF ECC Protection Support
          8. 12.7.1.3.8 CSI_RX_IF Programming Guide
            1. 12.7.1.3.8.1  Overview
            2. 12.7.1.3.8.2  Controller Configuration
            3. 12.7.1.3.8.3  Power on Configuration
            4. 12.7.1.3.8.4  Stream Start and Stop
            5. 12.7.1.3.8.5  Error Control With Soft Resets
            6. 12.7.1.3.8.6  Stream Error Detected – No Error Bypass Mode
            7. 12.7.1.3.8.7  Stream Error Detected – Error Bypass Mode
            8. 12.7.1.3.8.8  Stream Error Detected – Soft Reset Recovery
            9. 12.7.1.3.8.9  Stream Monitor Configuration
            10. 12.7.1.3.8.10 Stream Monitor Frame Capture Control
            11. 12.7.1.3.8.11 Stream Monitor Timer interrupt
            12. 12.7.1.3.8.12 Stream Monitor Line/Byte Counters Interrupt
            13. 12.7.1.3.8.13 Example Controller Programming Sequence (Single Stream Operation)
            14. 12.7.1.3.8.14 CSI_RX_IF Programming Restrictions
            15. 12.7.1.3.8.15 CSI_RX_IF Real-time operating requirements
      2. 12.7.2 MIPI D-PHY Receiver (DPHY_RX)
        1. 12.7.2.1 DPHY_RX Overview
          1. 12.7.2.1.1 DPHY_RX Features
          2. 12.7.2.1.2 DPHY_RX Not Supported Features
          3. 12.7.2.1.3 DPHY_RX Ports
            1. 12.7.2.1.3.1 DPHY_RX Integration in MAIN Domain
        2. 12.7.2.2 DPHY_RX Environment
        3. 12.7.2.3 DPHY_RX Functional Description
          1. 12.7.2.3.1 DPHY_RX Programming Guide
            1. 12.7.2.3.1.1 Overview
            2. 12.7.2.3.1.2 Initial Configuration Programming
              1. 12.7.2.3.1.2.1 Start-up Sequence Timing Diagram
            3. 12.7.2.3.1.3 Common Configuration
            4. 12.7.2.3.1.4 Lane Configuration
            5. 12.7.2.3.1.5 Procedure: Clock Lane Low Power Analog Receiver Functions Test
              1. 12.7.2.3.1.5.1 Description of Procedure
              2. 12.7.2.3.1.5.2 Details of the Procedure
            6. 12.7.2.3.1.6 Procedure: Data Lane Low Power Analog Receiver Functions Test
              1. 12.7.2.3.1.6.1 Description of Procedure
              2. 12.7.2.3.1.6.2 Details of the Procedure
            7. 12.7.2.3.1.7 Procedure: Clock and Data Lane High Speed Receiver BIST Functions Test
              1. 12.7.2.3.1.7.1 Description of Procedure
              2. 12.7.2.3.1.7.2 Details of the Procedure
      3. 12.7.3 Camera Streaming Interface Transmitter (CSI_TX_IF)
        1. 12.7.3.1 CSI_TX_IF Overview
          1. 12.7.3.1.1 CSI_TX_IF Ports
        2. 12.7.3.2 CSI_TX_IF Features
          1. 12.7.3.2.1 CSI_TX_IF Legacy Compatibility
        3. 12.7.3.3 CSI_TX_IF Environment
        4. 12.7.3.4 CSI_TX_IF Functional Description
          1. 12.7.3.4.1 CSI_TX_IF Block Diagram
          2. 12.7.3.4.2 CSI_TX_IF Hardware and Software Reset
          3. 12.7.3.4.3 CSI_TX_IF Clock Configuration
          4. 12.7.3.4.4 CSI_TX_IF Interrupt Events
          5. 12.7.3.4.5 CSI_TX_IF Data Memory Organization Details
          6. 12.7.3.4.6 CSI_TX_IF PSI_L (DMA) Interface
          7. 12.7.3.4.7 CSI_TX_IF ECC Protection Support
        5. 12.7.3.5 CSI_TX_IF Programming Guide
          1. 12.7.3.5.1  CSI_TX_IF Programming (Configuration Mode)
          2. 12.7.3.5.2  CSI_TX_IF System Initialization Programming
          3. 12.7.3.5.3  CSI_TX_IF Lane Control Programming
          4. 12.7.3.5.4  CSI_TX_IF Virtual Channel and Data Type Management
            1. 12.7.3.5.4.1 CSI_TX_IF Data Type Interleaving
            2. 12.7.3.5.4.2 CSI_TX_IF Data Type Interleaving with Multiple Interfaces
            3. 12.7.3.5.4.3 CSI_TX_IF Virtual Channel Interleaving
            4. 12.7.3.5.4.4 CSI_TX_IF Virtual Channel and Data Type Interleaving
          5. 12.7.3.5.5  CSI_TX_IF Line Control
            1. 12.7.3.5.5.1 CSI_TX_IF Line Control Arbitration
          6. 12.7.3.5.6  CSI_TX_IF Lane Manager FSM
          7. 12.7.3.5.7  CSI_TX_IF Data Lane Control FSM
          8. 12.7.3.5.8  CSI_TX_IF Application Examples
            1. 12.7.3.5.8.1 CSI_TX_IF D-PHY Control and Configuration
            2. 12.7.3.5.8.2 CSI_TX_IF Clock and Data Lane Enable
            3. 12.7.3.5.8.3 CSI_TX_IF DP/DN Signal Swap
          9. 12.7.3.5.9  CSI_TX_IF DPHY_TX Status
          10. 12.7.3.5.10 CSI_TX_IF ULPS Operation
          11. 12.7.3.5.11 CSI_TX_IF System Frame Rate Measurement
          12. 12.7.3.5.12 CSI_TX_IF Configuration for PSI_L
          13. 12.7.3.5.13 CSI_TX_IF Configuration for Color Bar
          14. 12.7.3.5.14 CSI_TX_IF Error Recovery
          15. 12.7.3.5.15 CSI_TX_IF Power up/down Sequence
    8. 12.8  Shared MIPI D-PHY Transmitter (DPHY_TX)
      1. 12.8.1 DPHY_TX Subsystem Overview
        1. 12.8.1.1 DPHY_TX Features
        2. 12.8.1.2 DPHY_TX Ports
      2. 12.8.2 DPHY_TX Environment
    9. 12.9  Timer Modules
      1. 12.9.1 Global Timebase Counter (GTC)
        1. 12.9.1.1 GTC Overview
          1. 12.9.1.1.1 GTC Features
          2. 12.9.1.1.2 GTC Not Supported Features
          3. 12.9.1.1.3 GTC Ports
        2. 12.9.1.2 GTC Functional Description
          1. 12.9.1.2.1 GTC Block Diagram
          2. 12.9.1.2.2 GTC Counter
          3. 12.9.1.2.3 GTC Gray Encoder
          4. 12.9.1.2.4 GTC Push Event Generation
          5. 12.9.1.2.5 GTC Register Partitioning
      2. 12.9.2 Windowed Watchdog Timer (WWDT)
        1. 12.9.2.1 RTI Overview
          1. 12.9.2.1.1 RTI Features
          2. 12.9.2.1.2 RTI Not Supported Features
          3. 12.9.2.1.3 RTI Ports
        2. 12.9.2.2 RTI Functional Description
          1. 12.9.2.2.1 RTI Counter Operation
          2. 12.9.2.2.2 RTI Digital Watchdog
          3. 12.9.2.2.3 RTI Digital Windowed Watchdog
          4. 12.9.2.2.4 RTI Low Power Mode Operation
          5. 12.9.2.2.5 RTI Debug Mode Behavior
      3. 12.9.3 Timers
        1. 12.9.3.1 Timers Overview
          1. 12.9.3.1.1 Timers Features
          2. 12.9.3.1.2 Timers Not Supported Features
          3. 12.9.3.1.3 Timers Ports
        2. 12.9.3.2 Timers Environment
        3. 12.9.3.3 Timers Functional Description
          1. 12.9.3.3.1  Timer Block Diagram
          2. 12.9.3.3.2  Timer Power Management
            1. 12.9.3.3.2.1 Wake-Up Capability
          3. 12.9.3.3.3  Timer Software Reset
          4. 12.9.3.3.4  Timer Interrupts
          5. 12.9.3.3.5  Timer Mode Functionality
            1. 12.9.3.3.5.1 1-ms Tick Generation
          6. 12.9.3.3.6  Timer Capture Mode Functionality
          7. 12.9.3.3.7  Timer Compare Mode Functionality
          8. 12.9.3.3.8  Timer Prescaler Functionality
          9. 12.9.3.3.9  Timer Pulse-Width Modulation
          10. 12.9.3.3.10 Timer Counting Rate
          11. 12.9.3.3.11 Timer Under Emulation
          12. 12.9.3.3.12 Accessing Timer Registers
            1. 12.9.3.3.12.1 Writing to Timer Registers
              1. 12.9.3.3.12.1.1 Write Posting Synchronization Mode
              2. 12.9.3.3.12.1.2 Write Nonposting Synchronization Mode
            2. 12.9.3.3.12.2 Reading From Timer Counter Registers
              1. 12.9.3.3.12.2.1 Read Posted
              2. 12.9.3.3.12.2.2 Read Non-Posted
          13. 12.9.3.3.13 Timer Posted Mode Selection
        4. 12.9.3.4 Timers Low-Level Programming Models
          1. 12.9.3.4.1 Timer Operational Mode Configuration
            1. 12.9.3.4.1.1 Timer Mode
              1. 12.9.3.4.1.1.1 Main Sequence – Timer Mode Configuration
            2. 12.9.3.4.1.2 Timer Compare Mode
              1. 12.9.3.4.1.2.1 Main Sequence – Timer Compare Mode Configuration
            3. 12.9.3.4.1.3 Timer Capture Mode
              1. 12.9.3.4.1.3.1 Main Sequence – Timer Capture Mode Configuration
              2. 12.9.3.4.1.3.2 Subsequence – Initialize Capture Mode
              3. 12.9.3.4.1.3.3 Subsequence – Detect Event
            4. 12.9.3.4.1.4 Timer PWM Mode
              1. 12.9.3.4.1.4.1 Main Sequence – Timer PWM Mode Configuration
    10. 12.10 Internal Diagnostics Modules
      1. 12.10.1 Dual Clock Comparator (DCC)
        1. 12.10.1.1 DCC Overview
          1. 12.10.1.1.1 DCC Features
          2. 12.10.1.1.2 DCC Not Supported Features
          3. 12.10.1.1.3 DCC Ports
        2. 12.10.1.2 DCC Functional Description
          1. 12.10.1.2.1 DCC Counter Operation
          2. 12.10.1.2.2 DCC Low Power Mode Operation
          3. 12.10.1.2.3 DCC Suspend Mode Behavior
          4. 12.10.1.2.4 DCC Single-Shot Mode
          5. 12.10.1.2.5 DCC Continuous mode
            1. 12.10.1.2.5.1 DCC Continue on Error
            2. 12.10.1.2.5.2 DCC Error Count
          6. 12.10.1.2.6 DCC Control and count hand-off across clock domains
          7. 12.10.1.2.7 DCC Error Trajectory record
            1. 12.10.1.2.7.1 DCC FIFO capturing for Errors
            2. 12.10.1.2.7.2 DCC FIFO in continuous capture mode
            3. 12.10.1.2.7.3 DCC FIFO Details
            4. 12.10.1.2.7.4 DCC FIFO Debug mode behavior
          8. 12.10.1.2.8 DCC Count read registers
      2. 12.10.2 Error Signaling Module (ESM)
        1. 12.10.2.1 ESM Overview
          1. 12.10.2.1.1 ESM Features
          2. 12.10.2.1.2 ESM Ports
        2. 12.10.2.2 ESM Environment
        3. 12.10.2.3 ESM Functional Description
          1. 12.10.2.3.1 ESM Interrupt Requests
            1. 12.10.2.3.1.1 ESM Configuration Error Interrupt
            2. 12.10.2.3.1.2 ESM Low Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.10.2.3.1.2.1 ESM Low Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.10.2.3.1.2.2 ESM Low Priority Error Pulse Event
            3. 12.10.2.3.1.3 ESM High Priority Error Interrupt
              1. 12.10.2.3.1.3.1 ESM High Priority Error Level Event
              2. 12.10.2.3.1.3.2 ESM High Priority Error Pulse Event
          2. 12.10.2.3.2 ESM Error Event Inputs
          3. 12.10.2.3.3 ESM Error Pin Output
          4. 12.10.2.3.4 PWM Mode
          5. 12.10.2.3.5 ESM Minimum Time Interval
          6. 12.10.2.3.6 ESM Protection for Registers
          7. 12.10.2.3.7 ESM Clock Stop
      3. 12.10.3 Memory Cyclic Redundancy Check (MCRC) Controller
        1. 12.10.3.1 MCRC Overview
          1. 12.10.3.1.1 MCRC Features
          2. 12.10.3.1.2 MCRC Not Supported Features
          3. 12.10.3.1.3 MCRC Ports
        2. 12.10.3.2 MCRC Functional Description
          1. 12.10.3.2.1  MCRC Block Diagram
          2. 12.10.3.2.2  MCRC General Operation
          3. 12.10.3.2.3  MCRC Modes of Operation
            1. 12.10.3.2.3.1 AUTO Mode
            2. 12.10.3.2.3.2 Semi-CPU Mode
            3. 12.10.3.2.3.3 Full-CPU Mode
          4. 12.10.3.2.4  PSA Signature Register
          5. 12.10.3.2.5  PSA Sector Signature Register
          6. 12.10.3.2.6  CRC Value Register
          7. 12.10.3.2.7  Raw Data Register
          8. 12.10.3.2.8  Example DMA Controller Setup
            1. 12.10.3.2.8.1 AUTO Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
            2. 12.10.3.2.8.2 AUTO Mode Using Software Trigger
            3. 12.10.3.2.8.3 Semi-CPU Mode Using Hardware Timer Trigger
          9. 12.10.3.2.9  Pattern Count Register
          10. 12.10.3.2.10 Sector Count Register/Current Sector Register
          11. 12.10.3.2.11 Interrupts
            1. 12.10.3.2.11.1 Compression Complete Interrupt
            2. 12.10.3.2.11.2 CRC Fail Interrupt
            3. 12.10.3.2.11.3 Overrun Interrupt
            4. 12.10.3.2.11.4 Underrun Interrupt
            5. 12.10.3.2.11.5 Timeout Interrupt
            6. 12.10.3.2.11.6 Interrupt Offset Register
            7. 12.10.3.2.11.7 Error Handling
          12. 12.10.3.2.12 Power Down Mode
          13. 12.10.3.2.13 Emulation
        3. 12.10.3.3 MCRC Programming Examples
          1. 12.10.3.3.1 Example: Auto Mode Using Time Based Event Triggering
            1. 12.10.3.3.1.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.10.3.3.1.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.10.3.3.1.3 CRC Setup
          2. 12.10.3.3.2 Example: Auto Mode Without Using Time Based Triggering
            1. 12.10.3.3.2.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.10.3.3.2.2 CRC Setup
          3. 12.10.3.3.3 Example: Semi-CPU Mode
            1. 12.10.3.3.3.1 DMA Setup
            2. 12.10.3.3.3.2 Timer Setup
            3. 12.10.3.3.3.3 CRC Setup
          4. 12.10.3.3.4 Example: Full-CPU Mode
            1. 12.10.3.3.4.1 CRC Setup
      4. 12.10.4 Logical Built-In Self-Test (LBIST)
        1. 12.10.4.1 LBIST Overview
        2. 12.10.4.2 LBIST Functional Description
          1. 12.10.4.2.1 Sub-Chip Isolation
          2. 12.10.4.2.2 HW Power-On Self-Test (POST)
          3. 12.10.4.2.3 Software Initiated Self-Test
          4. 12.10.4.2.4 Programming Sequence Software Initiated Self-Test
            1. 12.10.4.2.4.1 Entry Sequence
            2. 12.10.4.2.4.2 LBIST Execution
            3. 12.10.4.2.4.3 Exit Sequence
      5. 12.10.5 Programmable Built-In Self Test (PBIST)
        1. 12.10.5.1 PBIST Overview
        2. 12.10.5.2 PBIST Functional Description
        3. 12.10.5.3 PBIST Configuration Registers
        4. 12.10.5.4 PBIST Status Registers
        5. 12.10.5.5 Programming Sequence
          1. 12.10.5.5.1 PBIST Entry Sequence
          2. 12.10.5.5.2 PBIST Programming
            1. 12.10.5.5.2.1 PBIST Positive Test
            2. 12.10.5.5.2.2 PBIST Negative Test
            3. 12.10.5.5.2.3 PBIST Tests for ROM
          3. 12.10.5.5.3 PBIST Exit Sequence Reset
      6. 12.10.6 ECC Aggregator
        1. 12.10.6.1 ECC Aggregator Overview
          1. 12.10.6.1.1 ECC Aggregator Features
          2. 12.10.6.1.2 ECC Aggregator Ports
        2. 12.10.6.2 ECC Aggregator Functional Description
          1. 12.10.6.2.1 ECC Aggregator Block Diagram
          2. 12.10.6.2.2 ECC Aggregator Register Groups
          3. 12.10.6.2.3 Read Access to the ECC Control and Status Registers
          4. 12.10.6.2.4 Serial Write Operation
          5. 12.10.6.2.5 Interrupts
          6. 12.10.6.2.6 Inject Only Mode
          7. 12.10.6.2.7 ECC Error Injection Sequence
            1. 12.10.6.2.7.1 Types of Error Injection
              1. 12.10.6.2.7.1.1 ECC Wrapper Type Endpoints
              2. 12.10.6.2.7.1.2 EDC Interconnect Type Endpoints
              3. 12.10.6.2.7.1.3 Inject Only ECC Endpoints
              4. 12.10.6.2.7.1.4 Full Functionality Error Capture ECC Endpoints
            2. 12.10.6.2.7.2 Types of ECC Checkers
              1. 12.10.6.2.7.2.1 Parity Type Checkers
              2. 12.10.6.2.7.2.2 Redundant Type Checkers
              3. 12.10.6.2.7.2.3 Error Detect and Correct (EDC) Type Checkers
            3. 12.10.6.2.7.3 Recommendations for Testing Error Injection
            4. 12.10.6.2.7.4 Error Injection Programming Sequence
              1. 12.10.6.2.7.4.1 ESM Initialization
              2. 12.10.6.2.7.4.2 ECC Initialization
              3. 12.10.6.2.7.4.3 Error Injection
              4. 12.10.6.2.7.4.4 Error Handling
        3. 12.10.6.3 ECC Aggregator Registers
  15. 13On-Chip Debug
    1. 13.1 Introduction to SoC Debug Framework
    2. 13.2 Debug Interfaces
      1. 13.2.1 JTAG Interface
      2. 13.2.2 Trace Port
      3. 13.2.3 Trace Connector and Board Layout Considerations
    3. 13.3 SoC Level Debug
      1. 13.3.1  Debug Subsystem
      2. 13.3.2  Debug Cells
        1. 13.3.2.1 Debug Cell Features
          1. 13.3.2.1.1 MCU_DEBUGCELL Features
          2. 13.3.2.1.2 SOC_DEBUGCELL Features
          3. 13.3.2.1.3 CC_DEBUGCELL Features
      3. 13.3.3  Trace Infrastructure
        1. 13.3.3.1 Trace Data Flow
        2. 13.3.3.2 Trace Export Paths
        3. 13.3.3.3 ATB Slave Port Mapping
          1. 13.3.3.3.1 DEBUGSS ATB Mapping
          2. 13.3.3.3.2 CC_DEBUGCELL ATB Mapping
          3. 13.3.3.3.3 SOC_DEBUGCELL ATB Mapping
          4. 13.3.3.3.4 MCU_DEBUGCELL ATB Mapping
      4. 13.3.4  Debug and Interconnect Visibility
        1. 13.3.4.1 SoC Level Probes
          1. 13.3.4.1.1 Latency Statistics Collection
          2. 13.3.4.1.2 Throughput Statistics Collection
          3. 13.3.4.1.3 Transaction Trace Capture
          4. 13.3.4.1.4 Probe Filtering
          5. 13.3.4.1.5 Probe Cross Trigger Support
          6. 13.3.4.1.6 Probe Ownership
        2. 13.3.4.2 Trace Aggregators
          1. 13.3.4.2.1 Trace Input Bus Interface
          2. 13.3.4.2.2 Message Management
            1. 13.3.4.2.2.1 HLTM Format
            2. 13.3.4.2.2.2 Data Payload
            3. 13.3.4.2.2.3 Time Reconstruction
          3. 13.3.4.2.3 Trace Aggregator Ownership
        3. 13.3.4.3 Trace Source Mapping to Trace Aggregator Inputs
      5. 13.3.5  Software Message Trace
        1. 13.3.5.1 STM Features
        2. 13.3.5.2 STM Master ID Mapping
      6. 13.3.6  Hardware Event Trace and Profiling
        1. 13.3.6.1 CTSET Features
        2. 13.3.6.2 CTSET Message Protocol
          1. 13.3.6.2.1 Counter Configuration Message
          2. 13.3.6.2.2 Counter State Message
        3. 13.3.6.3 SoC Level Event Profiling and Event Trace Mapping
      7. 13.3.7  Debug and Device Management
        1. 13.3.7.1 Power-AP Overview
        2. 13.3.7.2 Subdomain Level Status and Control
          1. 13.3.7.2.1 Subdomain Power Status and Control
            1. 13.3.7.2.1.1 Subdomain Power Status
            2. 13.3.7.2.1.2 Subdomain Power Control
          2. 13.3.7.2.2 Subdomain Clock Status and Control
            1. 13.3.7.2.2.1 Subdomain Clock Status
            2. 13.3.7.2.2.2 Subdomain Clock Control
          3. 13.3.7.2.3 Subdomain Reset Status and Control
            1. 13.3.7.2.3.1 Subdomain Reset Status
            2. 13.3.7.2.3.2 Subdomain Reset Control
            3. 13.3.7.2.3.3 Subdomain Wait-in-Reset
          4. 13.3.7.2.4 Subdomain Execution Control and Status
            1. 13.3.7.2.4.1 Subdomain Debug Connection
            2. 13.3.7.2.4.2 Subdomain Debug Status
            3. 13.3.7.2.4.3 Subdomain Debug Execution Control
        3. 13.3.7.3 System Level Status and Control
          1. 13.3.7.3.1 System Level Generic Data
          2. 13.3.7.3.2 System Level Reset Control and Status
          3. 13.3.7.3.3 System Level Connect Control
            1. 13.3.7.3.3.1 System Level Reset Status
            2. 13.3.7.3.3.2 System Level Reset Control
            3. 13.3.7.3.3.3 System Level Wait-in-Reset
          4. 13.3.7.3.4 System Level Execution Control
      8. 13.3.8  Debug Cross Trigger Network
        1. 13.3.8.1 Debug Cell CTI Trigger Mapping
      9. 13.3.9  Debug Suspend
      10. 13.3.10 Debug Time Distribution
      11. 13.3.11 Debug Wakeup
      12. 13.3.12 Debug and Safety
    4. 13.4 Compute Cluster Debug
      1. 13.4.1 Debug at the Compute Cluster Level
      2. 13.4.2 Debug at the A72SS Level
        1. 13.4.2.1 A72SS Debug Features
        2. 13.4.2.2 A72SS Debug Modes
        3. 13.4.2.3 A72SS Processor Trace
        4. 13.4.2.4 A72SS Performance Monitoring
        5. 13.4.2.5 A72SS Cross Triggering
      3. 13.4.3 Debug at the C71SS Level
      4. 13.4.4 Debug at the MSMC Level
        1. 13.4.4.1 MSMC Probes
        2. 13.4.4.2 MSMC CTSET Events
        3. 13.4.4.3 MSMC Cross Triggering
    5. 13.5 R5FSS Debug
      1. 13.5.1 R5FSS Debug Features
      2. 13.5.2 R5FSS Processor Trace
      3. 13.5.3 R5FSS Performance Monitoring
      4. 13.5.4 R5FSS Cross Triggering
    6. 13.6 Debug Memory Map
      1. 13.6.1 Debug and Boundary Scan Access and Control
    7. 13.7 Application Support
  16. 14Revision History

12.10.6.3 ECC Aggregator Registers

Table 12-518 lists the memory-mapped registers for an ECC Aggregator (ECC_AGGR).

Table 12-518 ECC_AGGR Registers
OffsetAcronymRegister Name
ECC Wrapper Registers
10hSection 10.6.3.1ECC Wrapper Revision Register
14hSection 10.6.3.2ECC RAM Control Register
18hSection 10.6.3.3ECC RAM Error Control 1 Register
1ChSection 10.6.3.4ECC RAM Error Control 2 Register
20hSection 10.6.3.5ECC RAM Error Status 1 Register
24hSection 10.6.3.6ECC RAM Error Status 2 Register
28hSection 10.6.3.7ECC RAM Error Status 3 Register
Interconnect ECC Component Registers
10hSection 10.6.3.8Interconnect ECC Component Revision Register
14hSection 10.6.3.9Interconnect ECC Component Control Register
18hSection 10.6.3.10Interconnect ECC Component Error Control 1 Register
1ChSection 10.6.3.11Interconnect ECC Component Error Control 2 Register
20hSection 10.6.3.12Interconnect ECC Component Error Status 1 Register
24hSection 10.6.3.13Interconnect ECC Component Error Status 2 Register

10.6.3.1 ECC_WRAP_REV Register (Offset = 10h) [reset = X]

ECC_WRAP_REV is shown in Figure 12-584 and described in Table 12-519.

Return to Summary Table.

ECC Wrapper Revision Register

Revision parameters.

Figure 12-584 ECC_WRAP_REV Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
REV
R-66A49A02h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-519 ECC_WRAP_REV Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0REVR66A49A02h

TI internal data.

10.6.3.2 ECC_CTRL Register (Offset = 14h) [reset = X]

ECC_CTRL is shown in Figure 12-585 and described in Table 12-520.

Return to Summary Table.

ECC RAM Control Register

Figure 12-585 ECC_CTRL Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDCHECK_SVBUS_TIMEOUT
R-0hR/W-1h
76543210
CHECK_PARITYERROR_ONCEFORCE_N_ROWFORCE_DEDFORCE_SECENABLE_RMWECC_CHECKECC_ENABLE
R/W-1hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-1hR/W-1hR/W-1h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-520 ECC_CTRL Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-9RESERVEDR0

Reserved

8CHECK_SVBUS_TIMEOUTR/W1h

Enable ECC serial interface timeout mechanism

0h - Timeout mechanism disabled

1h - Timeout mechanism enabled

7CHECK_PARITYR/W1h

Enables parity checking on internal data

0h - Parity checking disabled

1h - Parity checking enabled

6ERROR_ONCER/W0h

Force error only once.

If this bit is set to 1h, the FORCE_SEC/FORCE_DED injects an error to the specified row only once. The FORCE_SEC bit is cleared the cycle after the error is generated. For double-bit errors, the FORCE_DED bit is cleared the cycle following the double-bit error. Any subsequent reads do not force an error.

5FORCE_N_ROWR/W0h

Force error on any RAM read

Force single or double-bit error on the next RAM access. For write through mode this applies to writes as well as reads.

4FORCE_DEDR/W0h

Force double-bit error. Cleared the cycle following the error if ERROR_ONCE is 1h. For write through mode this applies to writes as well as reads.

3FORCE_SECR/W0h

Force single-bit error. Cleared the cycle following the error if ERROR_ONCE is 1h. For write through mode this applies to writes as well as reads.

2ENABLE_RMWR/W1h

Enable read-modify-write on partial word writes.

0h - Read-modify-write disabled

1h - Read-modify-write enabled

Note: NOTE: If disabled, ECC detection and correction does no longer work and if re-enabled the RAM contents must all be rewritten to correct ECC codes. The reset value of this bit is 0h in inject only mode and 1h in ECC mode.
1ECC_CHECKR/W1h

Enable ECC check.

0h - ECC check disabled

1h - ECC check enabled

Note: NOTE: ECC is completely bypassed if both ECC_ENABLE and ECC_CHECK are 0h. The reset value of this bit is 0h in inject only mode and 1h in ECC mode.
0ECC_ENABLER/W1h

Enable ECC generation.

0h - ECC generation disabled

1h - ECC generation enabled

10.6.3.3 ECC_ERR_CTRL1 Register (Offset = 18h) [reset = X]

ECC_ERR_CTRL1 is shown in Figure 12-586 and described in Table 12-521.

Return to Summary Table.

ECC RAM Error Control 1 Register

Figure 12-586 ECC_ERR_CTRL1 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ECC_ROW
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-521 ECC_ERR_CTRL1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0ECC_ROWR/W0h

Row address where single or double-bit error needs to be applied.

This is ignored if ECC_CTRL[5] FORCE_N_ROW bit is set to 1h.

10.6.3.4 ECC_ERR_CTRL2 Register (Offset = 1Ch) [reset = X]

ECC_ERR_CTRL2 is shown in Figure 12-587 and described in Table 12-522.

Return to Summary Table.

ECC RAM Error Control 2 Register

Figure 12-587 ECC_ERR_CTRL2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ECC_BIT2ECC_BIT1
R/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-522 ECC_ERR_CTRL2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16ECC_BIT2R/W0h

Data bit that needs to be flipped if double-bit error has to be forced. The ECC_CTRL[4] FORCE_DED bit must be set to 1h for these values to take affect.

15-0ECC_BIT1R/W0h

Data bit that needs to be flipped if single-bit error has to be forced. The ECC_CTRL[3] FORCE_SEC bit must be set to 1h for these values to take affect.

10.6.3.5 ECC_ERR_STAT1 Register (Offset = 20h) [reset = X]

ECC_ERR_STAT1 is shown in Figure 12-588 and described in Table 12-523.

Return to Summary Table.

ECC RAM Error Status 1 Register

Figure 12-588 ECC_ERR_STAT1 Register
3130292827262524
ECC_BIT1
R-0h
2322212019181716
ECC_BIT1
R-0h
15141312111098
CLR_CTRL_REG_ERRCLR_PARITY_ERRCLR_ECC_OTHERCLR_ECC_DEDCLR_ECC_SEC
R/W1C-0hR/W-0hR/W1C-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
76543210
CTR_REG_ERRPARITY_ERRECC_OTHERECC_DEDECC_SEC
R/W1S-0hR/W1S-0hR/W1S-0hR/W-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-523 ECC_ERR_STAT1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16ECC_BIT1R0h

Indicates the bit position in the RAM data that is in error. For example, a value of 1h indicates that bit [1] in the RAM data is in error. This is valid only for single-bit errors.

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.
15CLR_CTRL_REG_ERRR/W1C0h

Clear the CTR_REG_ERR bit.

A write of 1h clears this bit and the CTR_REG_ERR bit, but if the redundancy protected bits in the ECC_CTRL register have not been written to a known state to correct the error, this flag is immediately set again.

14-13CLR_PARITY_ERRR/W0h

A write of a non-zero value to this field decrements the CLR_ECC_DED and ECC_DED fields by that value. If the value written is less than the current one, the non-correctable interrupt (ECC_DED_INT) stays asserted. If the value to decrement is more than the current value, the result is 0.

0h - No parity errors have occurred

1h - 1 parity error has occurred

2h - 2 parity errors have occurred

3h - 3 or more parity errors have occurred

12CLR_ECC_OTHERR/W1C0h

Clear other error status.

1h indicates a successive single-bit error. Writing 1h clears the status bit.

11-10CLR_ECC_DEDR/W0h

A write of a non-zero value to this field decrements it and the ECC_DED field by that value. If the value written is less than the current one, the non-correctable interrupt (ECC_DED_INT) stays asserted. If the value to decrement is more than the current value, the result is 0.

0h - No double-bit errors have occurred

1h - 1 double-bit has error occurred

2h - 2 double-bit have errors occurred

3h - 3 or more double-bit errors have occurred

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.
9-8CLR_ECC_SECR/W0h

A write of a non-zero value to this field decrements it and the ECC_SEC field by that value. If the value written is less than the current one, the correctable interrupt (ECC_SEC_INT) stays asserted. If the value to decrement is more than the current value, the result is 0.

0h - No single-bit errors have occurred

1h - 1 single-bit has occurred

2h - 2 single-bit have occurred

3h - 3 or more single-bit have occurred

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.
7CTR_REG_ERRR/W1S0h

Indicates that a redundancy protected bit in the ECC_CTRL register has been flipped. This means that the redundancy logic have detected a state where not all values are the same and has defaulted to the reset state. Software needs to re-write these registers to a known state. A write of 1h sets this bit.

0h - Bit not flipped

1h - Bit flipped

6-5PARITY_ERRR/W1S0h

2-bit saturating counter for the number of parity errors that have occurred since last cleared. This is also a status set register and a non-zero value sets the level interrupt. Software can also write a value to the CLR_PARITY_ERR field to decrement this counter.

0h - No parity errors have occurred

1h - 1 parity error has occurred

2h - 2 parity errors have occurred

3h - 3 or more parity errors have occurred

4ECC_OTHERR/W1S0h

1h - Indicates that successive single-bit errors have occurred while a write-back is still pending. Software can also write 1h to set the pending status and write 1h to the corresponding clear bit to clear the status.

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.
3-2ECC_DEDR/W0h

2-bit saturating counter for the number of double-bit errors that have occurred since last cleared. This is also a status set register and a non-zero value sets the level interrupt. Software can also write a value to the CLR_ECC_SEC field to decrement this counter.

0h - No double-bit errors have occurred

1h - 1 double-bit has error occurred

2h - 2 double-bit have errors occurred

3h - 3 or more double-bit errors have occurred

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.
1-0ECC_SECR/W0h

2-bit saturating counter for the number of single-bit errors that have occurred since last cleared. This is also a status set register and a non-zero value sets the level interrupt. Software can also write a value to the CLR_ECC_SEC field to decrement this counter.

0h - No single-bit errors have occurred

1h - 1 single-bit has occurred

2h - 2 single-bit have occurred

3h - 3 or more single-bit have occurred

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.

10.6.3.6 ECC_ERR_STAT2 Register (Offset = 24h) [reset = X]

ECC_ERR_STAT2 is shown in Figure 12-589 and described in Table 12-524.

Return to Summary Table.

ECC RAM Error Status 2 Register

Figure 12-589 ECC_ERR_STAT2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ECC_ROW
R-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-524 ECC_ERR_STAT2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0ECC_ROWR0h

Row address where the single or double-bit error has occurred.

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.

10.6.3.7 ECC_ERR_STAT3 Register (Offset = 28h) [reset = X]

ECC_ERR_STAT3 is shown in Figure 12-590 and described in Table 12-525.

Return to Summary Table.

ECC RAM Error Status 3 Register

Figure 12-590 ECC_ERR_STAT3 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDCLR_SVBUS_TIMEOUT_ERRRESERVED
R-0hR/W1C-0hR-0h
76543210
RESERVEDSVBUS_TIMEOUT_ERRWB_PEND
R-0hR/W1S-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear Bit; R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set Bit; -n = value after reset
Table 12-525 ECC_ERR_STAT3 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-10RESERVEDR0

Reserved

9CLR_SVBUS_TIMEOUT_ERRR/W1C0h

Clear ECC serial interface timeout error status

0h - No effect

1h - Clears this bit and the SVBUS_TIMEOUT_ERR bit

8-2RESERVEDR0

Reserved

1SVBUS_TIMEOUT_ERRR/W1S0h

ECC serial interface timeout error. Write a 1h to set the flag

0h - No timeout error

1h - Timeout error

0WB_PENDR0h

Delayed write-back pending status.

0h - An ECC data correction write-back is not pending

1h - An ECC data correction write-back is pending

Note: NOTE: Not used in inject only mode. Always read as 0h.

10.6.3.8 ECC_CBASS_REV Register (Offset = 10h) [reset = X]

ECC_CBASS_REV is shown in Figure 12-591 and described in Table 12-526.

Return to Summary Table.

Interconnect ECC Component Revision Register.

Figure 12-591 ECC_CBASS_REV Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
REV
R-Xh
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-526 ECC_CBASS_REV Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-0REVRXh

TI internal data.

10.6.3.9 ECC_CBASS_CTRL Register (Offset = 14h) [reset = X]

ECC_CBASS_CTRL is shown in Figure 12-592 and described in Table 12-527.

Return to Summary Table.

Interconnect ECC Component Control Register.

Figure 12-592 ECC_CBASS_CTRL Register
3130292827262524
RESERVED
R-0h
2322212019181716
RESERVED
R-0h
15141312111098
RESERVEDECC_PATTERN
R-0hR/W-0h
76543210
RESERVEDFORCE_N_BITFORCE_DEFORCE_SERESERVEDECC_CHECKRESERVED
R-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR/W-0hR-0hR/W-1hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-527 ECC_CBASS_CTRL Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-12RESERVEDR0h

Reserved

11-8ECC_PATTERNR/W0h

Data pattern to be used for injection.

0h = 0s

1h = Fs

2h = As

3h = 5s

7-6RESERVEDR0h

Reserved

5FORCE_N_BITR/W0h

Update injection fields after the injection to setup for the next incremental injection.

0h = Keep current settings after injection

1h = Increment to next bit or group after injection

4FORCE_DER/W0h

Inject a double bit error when set. Automatically cleared when injection completes.

3FORCE_SER/W0h

Inject a single bit error when set. Automatically cleared when injection completes.

2RESERVEDR0h

Reserved

1ECC_CHECKR/W1h

Enable checkers.

0h = Disabled

1h = Enabled

0RESERVEDR0h

Reserved

10.6.3.10 ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL1 Register (Offset = 18h) [reset = X]

ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL1 is shown inFigure 12-593 and described in Table 12-528.

Return to Summary Table.

Interconnect ECC Component Error Control 1 Register.

This register allows setting the injection data.

Figure 12-593 ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL1 Register
3130292827262524
RESERVEDECC_BIT1
R-0hR/W-0h
2322212019181716
ECC_BIT1
R/W-0h
15141312111098
ECC_GRP
R/W-0h
76543210
ECC_GRP
R/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-528 ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-25RESERVEDR0h

Reserved

24-16ECC_BIT1R/W0h

First bit to inject an error.

15-0ECC_GRPR/W0h

Group of checker to inject.

10.6.3.11 ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL2 Register (Offset = 1Ch) [reset = X]

ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL2 is shown in Figure 12-594 and described in Table 12-529.

Return to Summary Table.

Interconnect ECC Component Error Control 2 Register.

This register allows setting the injection data.

Figure 12-594 ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
RESERVEDECC_BIT2
R-0hR/W-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/W = Read/Write; -n = value after reset
Table 12-529 ECC_CBASS_ERR_CTRL2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-9RESERVEDR0h

Reserved

8-0ECC_BIT2R/W0h

Second bit to inject an error. Only valid if ECC_CBASS_CTRL[4] FORCE_DE is set.

10.6.3.12 ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT1 Register (Offset = 20h) [reset = X]

ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT1 is shown in Figure 12-595 and described in Table 12-530.

Return to Summary Table.

Interconnect ECC Component Error Status 1 Register.

This register allows reading the captured error data.

Figure 12-595 ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT1 Register
3130292827262524
ERR_GRP
R-0h
2322212019181716
ERR_GRP
R-0h
15141312111098
INJ_UNC_PEND_CLRINJ_COR_PEND_CLRUNC_PEND_CLRCOR_PEND_CLR
R/WD-0hR/WD-0hR/WD-0hR/WD-0h
76543210
INJ_UNC_PENDINJ_COR_PENDUNC_PENDCOR_PEND
R/WI-0hR/WI-0hR/WI-0hR/WI-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; R/WD = Read/Write to Decrement Field; R/WI = Read/Write to Increment Field; -n = value after reset
Table 12-530 ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT1 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16ERR_GRPR0h

Specific checker that reported the error.

15-14INJ_UNC_PEND_CLRR/WD0h

Number of injected uncorrected pending interrupts (same value as UNC_PEND). Writing decrements INJ_UNC_PEND by that value.

13-12INJ_COR_PEND_CLRR/WD0h

Number of injected corrected pending interrupts (same value as COR_PEND). Writing decrements INJ_COR_PEND by that value.

11-10UNC_PEND_CLRR/WD0h

Number of uncorrected pending interrupts (same value as UNC_PEND). Writing decrements UNC_PEND by that value.

9-8COR_PEND_CLRR/WD0h

Number of corrected pending interrupts (same value as COR_PEND). Writing decrements COR_PEND by that value.

7-6INJ_UNC_PENDR/WI0h

Number of injected uncorrected pending interrupts. Writing increments by that value.

5-4INJ_COR_PENDR/WI0h

Number of injected corrected pending interrupts. Writing increments by that value.

3-2UNC_PENDR/WI0h

Number of uncorrected pending interrupts. Writing increments by that value.

1-0COR_PENDR/WI0h

Number of corrected pending interrupts. Writing increments by that value.

10.6.3.13 ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT2 Register (Offset = 24h) [reset = X]

ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT2 is shown in Figure 12-596 and described in Table 12-531.

Return to Summary Table.

Interconnect ECC Component Error Status 2 Register.

This register allows reading the captured error data.

Figure 12-596 ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT2 Register
313029282726252423222120191817161514131211109876543210
ERR_TYPEERR_BIT
R-0hR-0h
LEGEND: R = Read Only; -n = value after reset
Table 12-531 ECC_CBASS_ERR_STAT2 Register Field Descriptions
BitFieldTypeResetDescription
31-16ERR_TYPER0h

This field is not supported and can read any value and be ignored.

15-0ERR_BITR0h

Bit that caused the error. Always valid for EDC single bit corrected errors or redundant errors. Identifies parity segment number (but not the exact bit) with a parity error. This field is not valid for EDC double bit errors.